canon--pc800s 900s service manual

393
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) REVISION 0 FY8-13GA-000 AUG. 1999 PC860 F13-8491 TYA00001- PC880 F13-8291 TZA00001- PC890 F13-8242 UAA00001- PC920 F13-8431 TVB00001- F13-8441 PUD00001- PUE00001- F13-8461 PUH00001- PC921 F13-8432 TVC00001- PC940 F13-8436 TVD00001- PC941 F13-8437 TVE00001- PC950 F13-8231 TVF00001- F13-8241 PUF00001- PUG00001- PC960 F13-8434 TVG00001- PC980 F13-8232 TVH00001- PC981 F13-8233 TVJ00001-

Upload: [email protected]

Post on 12-Oct-2019

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

DESCRIPTION

Service Manual Canon PC-800s 900S

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

REVISION 0

FY8-13GA-000AUG. 1999

PC860F13-8491 TYA00001-

PC880F13-8291 TZA00001-

PC890F13-8242 UAA00001-

PC920F13-8431 TVB00001-F13-8441 PUD00001-

PUE00001-F13-8461 PUH00001-

PC921F13-8432 TVC00001-

PC940F13-8436 TVD00001-

PC941F13-8437 TVE00001-

PC950F13-8231 TVF00001-F13-8241 PUF00001-

PUG00001-

PC960F13-8434 TVG00001-

PC980F13-8232 TVH00001-

PC981F13-8233 TVJ00001-

Page 2: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

IMPORTANT

THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PUBLISHED BY CANON INC., JAPAN, TO SERVE AS A SOURCE

OF REFERENCE FOR WORK IN THE FIELD.

SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN MAY VARY SLIGHTLY

FROM ACTUAL MACHINE VALUES OR THOSE FOUND IN ADVERTISING AND OTHER

PRINTED MATTER.

ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE DIRECTED

TO THE COPIER SERVICE DEPARTMENT OF THE SALES COMPANY.

THIS DOCUMENTATION IS INTENDED FOR ALL SALES AREAS, AND MAY CONTAIN INFOR-

MATION NOT APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN AREAS.

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC.

Printed in JapanImprimé au Japon

Use of this manual should be strictly su-

pervised to avoid disclosure of confidential

information.

Prepared by

OFFICE IMAGING PRODUCTS TECHNICAL SUPPORT DIVISION

CANON INC.

5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan

Page 3: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) i

This service manual has been prepared for the PC800/900 Series machines,providing basic information used for servicing the machines in the field so as to ensuretheir quality and performance.

This service manual consists of the following chapters:

Chapter 1 General Description introduces the machine's features, specifications,names of parts, and how originals are reproduced.

Chapter 2 Basic Operation explains how copies are made on a step-by-step basis.

Chapter 3 Exposure System discusses the principles of operation used for themachine's exposure system. It also explains the timing at which exposure-related mechanisms are operated, and shows how they may bedisassembled/assembled and adjusted.

Chapter 4 Image Formation System discusses the principles of operation used for themachine's image formation system. It also explains the timing at which imageformation-related mechanisms are operated, and shows how they may bedisassembled/assembled and adjusted.

Chapter 5 Pick-Up/Feeding System discusses the principles of operation used for themachine's pickup/feeding system. It also explains the timing at which pickup/feeding-related mechanisms are operated, and shows how they may bedisassembled/assembled and adjusted.

Chapter 6 Fixing System discusses the principles of operation used for the machine'sfixing system. It also explains the timing at which fixing-related mechanismsare operated, and shows how they may be disassembled/assembled andadjusted.

Chapter 7 Externals/Auxiliary Mechanisms discusses the principles of operation usedfor the machine's externals/auxiliary mechanisms. It also explains the timingat which auxiliary mechanism-related mechanisms are operated, and showshow they may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.

Chapter 8 ADF explains the principles of operation of the ADF in view of electrical andmechanical functions and in relation to their timing of operation. It also showshow the unit may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.

Chapter 9 Installation introduces requirements for the site of installation, and showshow the machine may be installed using step-by-step instructions.

Chapter 10 Maintenance and Servicing provides tables of periodically replaced parts andconsumables/durables and scheduled servicing charts.

Chapter 11 Troubleshooting provides tables of maintenance/inspection, standards/adjustments, and problem identification (image fault/malfunction).

Appendix contains a general timing chart and general circuit diagrams.

INTRODUCTION

Page 4: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)i i

The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual:

1. Each chapter contains sections explaining the purpose of specific functions and therelationship between electrical and mechanical systems with reference to the timingof operation.In the diagrams, represents the path of mechanical drive—where a signal nameaccompanies the symbol , the arrow indicates the direction of the electric sig-nal.The expression “turn on the power” means flipping on the power switch, closing thefront door, and closing the delivery unit door, which results in supplying the machinewith power.

2. In the digital circuits, ‘1’ is used to indicate that the voltage level of a given signal is“High,” while ‘0’ is used to indicate “Low.” (The voltage value, however, differs fromcircuit to circuit.)In practically all cases, the internal mechanisms of a microprocessor cannot be checkedin the field. Therefore, the operations of the microprocessors used in the machinesare not discussed: they are explained in terms of from sensors to the input of the DCcontroller PCB and from the output of the DC controller PCB to the loads.

The descriptions in this Service Manual are subject to change without notice forproduct improvement or other reasons, and major changes will be communicated in theform of Service Information bulletins.

All service persons are expected to have a good understanding of the contents of thisService Manual and all relevant Service Information bulletins and be able to identify andisolate faults in the machine.

Page 5: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) i i i

Model

PC860PC880PC890PC920PC920PC920PC920PC921PC940PC941PC950PC950PC950PC960PC980PC981

Typecode

TYATZAUAAPUDPUEPUHTVBTVCTVDTVEPUFPUGTVFTVGTVHTVJ

Multi-feeder

√√

√√√√√√

Singlefeeder

√√√√√√√

Zoom

√√√√√√√

√√√√√

Defaultratio

2R2E2R2E2R2E2R2E2R2E2R2E3R1E3R1E3R1E3R1E2R2E2R2E3R1E3R1E3R1E3R1E

ADFas

standard

√√√

Cassette

250 sheets250 sheets250 sheetsUniversalUniversalUniversalUniversalUniversalUniversalUniversalUniversalUniversal500 sheetsUniversal500 sheets500 sheets

Copyingspeed

(cpm) atDirect

12121210101010101313121213101313

The notation “√” indicates that the item in question is available.

• This service manual covers the models shown in the following table. Be sure to have agood understanding of the difference from model to model before referring to thismanual.

Density

correctionswitch

(SW101)

√√√√√√

√√

Page 6: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)i v

Page 7: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) v

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

I. FEATURES ..................................1-1II. SPECIFICATIONS .......................1-2

A. Copier ....................................1-2B. ADF .......................................1-8

III. NAMES OF PARTS ................... 1-10A. External View ..................... 1-10B. Cross Section ..................... 1-13

IV. USING THE MACHINE ............. 1-15A. Control Panel...................... 1-15

V. ROUTINE MAINTENANCEBY THE USER .......................... 1-17

VI. IMAGE FORMATION ................ 1-20A. Outline ................................ 1-20

I. BASIC OPERATIONS ..................2-1A. Functional Construction ........2-1B. Outline of Electrical

Circuitry .................................2-2C. Basic Sequence of

Operations .............................2-3

D. Controlling the Main Motor(M1) .......................................2-5

E. Inputs to and Outputs fromthe DC Controller ..................2-7

I. OPERATIONS ..............................3-1A. Outline ...................................3-1B. Varying the Reproduction

Ratio ......................................3-2C. Lens Drive System ................3-3D. Scanner Drive System ..........3-4

II. EXPOSURE SYSTEM .................3-9

A. Controlling the ScanningLamp .....................................3-9

III. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 3-12A. Scanner Drive Assembly .... 3-13B. Lens Drive Assembly ......... 3-31C. Exposure System ............... 3-37

Page 8: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)v i

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

I. IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM ...4-1A. Outline ...................................4-1B. Timing Chart for the Image

Formation System .................4-3C. Controlling the Primary

Charging Roller Bias .............4-4D. Controlling the Transfer

Roller Bias .............................4-8E. Controlling the Developing/

Separation Static EliminatorBias .................................... 4-11

F. Measuring the Density ofOriginals ............................. 4-16

G. Controlling the Side BlankingMechanism ......................... 4-21

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 4-22A. Cartridge ............................ 4-23B. Transfer Charging

Assembly ............................ 4-25C. Blank Exposure .................. 4-26

I. PICKUP/FEEDING SYSTEM.......5-1A. Outline ...................................5-1B. Controlling the Pickup

Roller .....................................5-3C. Controlling the Movement of

Paper .....................................5-9D. Detecting Jams .................. 5-12

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 5-18

A. Pickup Assembly ................ 5-19B. Multifeeder Assembly ......... 5-28C. Single-feeder Assembly ..... 5-31D. Feeding Assembly .............. 5-33E. Registration Roller

Assembly ............................ 5-34F. Delivery Assembly .............. 5-36

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

I. OPERATIONS ..............................6-1A. Outline ...................................6-1B. Controlling the Fixing

Temperature ..........................6-3

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 6-10A. Fixing Assembly ................. 6-11

Page 9: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) vi i

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

CHAPTER 8 ADF

I. FANS ............................................7-1II. POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM .........7-3

A. Outline of the Power SupplySystem ..................................7-3

B. Power Supply Circuit .............7-4C. Detecting an Error on

the Composite Power SupplyPCB .......................................7-6

D. Protecting the Power SupplyCircuit ....................................7-6

III. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ........7-7A. External Covers .....................7-8B. Control Panel...................... 7-15C. Copyboard Glass ............... 7-16D. Main Motor/Main Drive

Assembly ............................ 7-17E. Electrical System ............... 7-21

I. ADF ..............................................8-1A. Outline ...................................8-1B Basic Construction ................8-2C. Basic Operations ...................8-4D. Detecting an Original ............8-6E. Pickup Operation ...................8-8F. Delivery .............................. 8-12G. Controlling the Pickup

Motor .................................. 8-14

H. Controlling the Belt Motor .. 8-15I. Detecting Original Jams ..... 8-16J. Power Supply ..................... 8-17

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 8-18A. Removing the ADF ............. 8-19B. External Covers .................. 8-21C. Drive System ...................... 8-23D. Feeding System ................. 8-26E. Electrical System ............... 8-33

I. SELECTING A SITE ....................9-1II. UNPACKING AND

INSTALLATION ............................9-2A. Unpacking and Installation ....9-2

B. Placing Copy Paper...............9-9III. MOVING THE MACHINE .......... 9-12

I. PERIODICALLY REPLACEDPARTS ....................................... 10-1

II. DURABLES ANDCONSUMABLES ...................... 10-1

III. SCHEDULED SERVICING ....... 10-1IV. STORING AND HANDLING

THE CARTRIDGE ..................... 10-2

A. Storing the Cartridge with thePackaging Seal Intact ........ 10-2

B. Storing and Handling theCartridge with the PackagingSeal Removed .................... 10-3

Page 10: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)viii

APPENDIX

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

I. MAINTENANCE ANDINSPECTION ............................ 11-3A. Image Adjustment Basic

Procedure ........................... 11-3B. Points to Note for

Servicing ............................ 11-4II. STANDARDS AND

ADJUSTMENTS ....................... 11-5A. Mechanical ......................... 11-5B. ADF .................................. 11-30C. Electrical ........................... 11-41

III. TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGEFAULTS ................................... 11-48A. Making Initial Checks ....... 11-48B. Sample Image Faults ....... 11-52C. Troubleshooting Image

Faults ................................ 11-53IV. TROUBLESHOOTING

MALFUNCTIONS.................... 11-61

A. TroubleshootingMalfunctions ..................... 11-61

V. TROUBLESHOOTING FEEDINGPROBLEMS ............................ 11-75A. Copy Paper Jam ............... 11-75B. Faulty Feeding .................. 11-78

VI. ARRANGEMENT ANDFUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICALPARTS ..................................... 11-79A. Sensors and Solenoids .... 11-79B. Switches ........................... 11-80C. Lamp, Heater, Motor, Etc. 11-81D. PCBs ................................ 11-82E. ADF .................................. 11-83F. Variable Resistors (VR) and

Check Pins by PCB .......... 11-84VII. SELF DIAGNOSIS .................. 11-86

A. GENERAL TIMING CHART ........ A-1B. SIGNALS AND

ABBREVIATIONS ....................... A-3C. GENERAL CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................... A-5D. DC CONTROLLER CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................... A-7E. ADF CONTROLLER CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................. A-15F. COMPOSITE POWER SUPPLY

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................. A-19G. CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................. A-27H. AE SENSOR CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................. A-29

I. SENSOR CIRCUITDIAGRAM ................................. A-30

J. NOISE FILTER CIRCUITDIAGRAM ................................. A-31

K. HIGH VOLTAGE CONTACTCIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................. A-32

L. BLANK EXPOSURE (front)CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................. A-33

M. BLANK EXPOSURE (rear)CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................. A-34

N. SPECIAL TOOLS ...................... A-35O. SOLVENTS/OILS ...................... A-36

Page 11: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides specifications of the machine, instructions on how to operatethe machine, and an outline of copying process.

I. FEATURES ..................................1-1II. SPECIFICATIONS .......................1-2

A. Copier ....................................1-2B. ADF .......................................1-8

III. NAMES OF PARTS ................... 1-10A. External View ..................... 1-10B. Cross Section ..................... 1-13

IV. USING THE MACHINE ............. 1-15A. Control Panel...................... 1-15

V. ROUTINE MAINTENANCEBY THE USER .......................... 1-17

VI. IMAGE FORMATION ................ 1-20A. Outline ................................ 1-20

Page 12: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 13: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-1

I. FEATURES

1. Personal Copier with a Zoom Function and a Fixed Copyboard• You can choose either a default enlargement/reduction ratio or any ratio between 70% and

141% in 1% increments.

2. Ecology-Conscious• The use of a roller charging method has resulted in a considerable reduction of ozone: 0.01

ppm or less on the average, 0.02 ppm or less at maximum (1/100 to 1/1000 compared withexisting Canon machines).

3. SURF Fixing Assembly• The wait time is 0 sec (at 20°C room temperature), enabling speedy copying work immedi-

ately after power-on.

4. Various Paper Sizes• The paper may be between A4 (LGL) and A5 (STMT) (*Using the universal cassette).• In manual feed mode, paper may be as large as A4 (LGL) or as small as a business card.

5. All-in-One Cartridge for Simple Maintenance• The photosensitive drum, toner case, charging roller, developing assembly, and cleaning as-

sembly are constructed as a single entity (cartridge).The user may expect quality copy images at all times as long as he/she performs simplereplacement/cleaning work.

6. Large Paper Source• The source of paper may contain as many as 550 sheets of paper (500-sheet cassette +

multifeeder; multifeeder type).

7. Separate top unit• The machine’s top unit may be opened to make jam removal easy.

8. ADF Type• Continuous copying is possible with the use of the ADF.

Page 14: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-2

II. SPECIFICATIONS

A. Copier

1. Type

DescriptionsDesk top

Fixed

Halogen lamp (80 V/110 W for 120V-model; 150 V/160 Wfor 220/240 V-model)

Fixed focal point lens

OPC drum (24-mm dia.)

ItemBody

Copyboard

Source of light

Lens

Photosensitive medium

Table 1-201

2. Mechanisms

DescriptionsIndirect static reproduction

Roller (direct charging)

Slit (moving light source)

Auto or manual

Dry (toner projection)

Cassette (1 pc.)Single-feeder (single-feeder type)Multifeeder (multifeeder type)

Curvature separation + static eliminator

Flat heater

Blade

Center reference (copyboard)

ItemReproduction

Charging

Exposure

Copy density adjustment

Development

Pickup

Separation

Fixing

Cleaning

Original orientation

Table 1-202

Page 15: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-3

3. Performance

DescriptionsSheet, book, 3-D object (2kg max.)

A4 (297 × 210 mm)/LGL (216 × 356 mm)

Inch/AB-configuration: 2R2E Inch-configuration: 3R1E

70% to 141% (in 1% increments*1)

0 sec (at 20°C room temperature)

10 sec or less (at 20°C room temperature; Direct, non-AE,from the cassette)

100 (max.)

A4/LGL (297 × 210 mm/216 × 356 mm max.)Business card (90 × 55 mm, min.)

Cassette:Plain paper (64 to 80 g/m2), tracing paper (SM-1, A4R/B5R), colored paper, recycled paper (64 to 80 g/m2; A4R/B5R), eco paper (80 g/m2; A4R)

Manual Feeder:Plain paper (52 to 128 g/m2), tracing paper (SM-1, GNT-80*2; A4R/B5R), transparency*2,*4 (A4R/LTRR*3), coloredpaper, business card (200 g/m2 or less), label sheet*2 (A4R/LTRR), recycled paper (64 to 80 g/m2; A4R/B5R), eco pa-per (80 g/m2; A4R), postcard*3

Double-Sided/Overlay Copying*5:Plain paper (64 to 128 g/m2), colored paper, business card(200 g/m2 or less), recycled paper (64 to 80 g/m2; A4R/B5R), eco paper (80 g/m2; A4R), postcard*3

With clawsUniversal cassette (250 sheets of 80 g/m2 paper; A4/LGL toA5/STMT)250-sheet cassette (250 sheets of 80 g/m2)500-sheet cassette (500 sheets of 80 g/m2)

5 mm deep (approx.; 50 sheets of 80 g/m2)

100 sheets (A4; 80 g/m2)

Leading edge: 2.0 ±1.5 mm (Direct; 4.0 mm or less otherwise)Left/right: 0.0 +2.0, -0.0 mm (0 +4.0, -0.0 mm for LTR)

Provided (5 min, approx.; fixed)*6

ItemOriginal type

Maximum original size

Reproduction ratio

Zoom

Wait time

First copy time

Continuous copying

Copy size

Copy paper type

Cassette

Multifeeder tray

Copy tray

Non-image width

Auto power-off

Table 1-203

Page 16: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-4

*1. Applies only to models with a zoom function.*2. Applies only to single pickup if the multifeeder is used.*3. Applies only to vertical feeding.*4. Upon delivery, be sure to remove each from the copy tray.*5. Be sure to remove any curling before feeding for a second time.*6. If stopped because paper ran out during copying operation, 1 hr.

Page 17: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-5

4. Others

Descriptions

7.5°C to 32.5°C/44.5°F to 90.5°F5% to 85% RH607.95 to 1013.25 hPa (0.6 to 1 atm)

120 V 60 Hz 220/240 V 50 Hz, 60 Hz

TVBxxxxx PUDxxxxx PUHxxxxxTVCxxxxx PUExxxxxTVDxxxxx PUFxxxxxTVExxxxx PUGxxxxxTVFxxxxx TYAxxxxxTVGxxxxx TZAxxxxxTVHxxxxx UAAxxxxxTVJxxxxx

0.9 kW or less Standby: 1.2W (approx.; about 5min; reference only) Copying: 0.4kWh (approx.; reference only)

Standby: -(sound power level by ISO)Copying: (sound power level by ISO)• Single-feeder type: 68 dB or less• Multifeeder type: 66 dB or less

0.01 ppm or less (average; 0.02 ppm or less, max.)

Copyboard Type484.9 × 448.2 × 297.5 mm*1/ 329.0 mm*2

19.1 in. × 17.6 in × 11.7 in*1/ 13.0 in*2

ADF Type484.9 × 448.2 × 358.3 mm*1/ 389.8 mm*2

19.1 in × 17.6 in × 14.1 in*1/ 15.3 in*2

Copyboard TypeSingle-feeder type:19.3 kg*1/ 42.5 lb*1, 20.9 kg*2/ 46.0 lb*2

Multifeeder type: 19.5 kg*1/ 42.9 lb*1, 21.1 kg*2/ 46.4 lb*2

ADF TypeSingle-feeder type: 23.8 kg*1/ 52.4 lb*1, 25.2 kg*2/ 55.4 lb*2

Multifeeder type: 24.0 kg*1/ 52.8 lb*1, 25.4 kg*2/ 55.9 lb*2

Copy paper: Keep wrapped, and protect against humidity.Toner: Avoid direct sunlight, and store at 40°C/104°F, 85%

or less.

ItemOperating condition

TemperatureHumidityAtmospheric pressure

Power source

Serial number

Maximum power consumption

Noise

Ozone

Dimensions (WxDxH)

Weight (including the cassette)

Consumables

Table 1-204

*1. 250-sheet cassette type*2. 500-sheet cassette type

Page 18: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-6

5. Default Ratios

Table 1-205

2R2E (Inch/AB-configuration)1:1.000

1:0.707

1:0816

1:1.154

1:1.414

ItemDirect

Reduce I

Reduce II

Reduce III

Reduce IV

Enlarge I

Enlarge II

3R1E (Inch-configuration)1:1.000

1:0.707

1:0.786

1:0.860

1:1.414

Page 19: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-7

6. Copying Speed

Table 1-206

*1. The number of copies starting with the pickup operation that follows the delivery of the19th copy in a continuous copying job. (See p.5-8)

The specifications are subject to change for product improvement.

Number of copies( Multifeeder*1)(Copies / min)

13 (9)11 (8)13 (9)13 (9)13 (9)13 (9)10 (9)12 (9)12 (9)12 (9)12 (9)12 (9)12 (9)10 (9)10 (9)10 (9)10 (9)10 (9)10 (9)10 (9)

10 m(9)10 (9)

910 (9)10 (9)10 (9)10 (9)

9

Copy size

LTRRLGL

STMTRMIN

LGL → LTRRMARJIN

MAXA4RB5RA5R

A4R → A5RB5R → A5RB5R → A4RA5R→ A4R

A4RB5RA5R

A4R → A5RB5R → A5RB5R → A4RA5R → A4R

LTRRLGL

STMTRMIN

LGL → LTRRMARJIN

MAX

Reproduction ratio

Direct

Reduce I (70.7%)Reduce II (78.6%)Reduce IV (86.0%)Enlarge II (141.4%)

Direct

Reduce I (70.7%)Reduce III (81.6%)Enlarge I (115.4%)Enlarge II (141.4%)

Direct

Reduce I (70.7%)Reduce III (81.6%)Enlarge I (115.4%)Enlarge II (141.4%)

Direct

Reduce I (70.7%)Reduce II (78.6%)Reduce III (86.0%)Enlarge II (141.4%)

Copying speedat Direct

13

12

10

10

Page 20: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-8

B. ADF

Table 1-207

DescriptionsAuto pickup/delivery

Face-down

Center reference

Top separation

Single-sided (50 to 128 g/m2)A5 (STMT) to A4R (LTRR), LGLLength: 139.7 to 355.6 mm (feeding direction)Width: 139.7 to 215.9 mm

30 sheets (80 g/m2 or less; about 3 mm in height)

Single-sided original to single-sided copy

Yes (in feeding direction)

No

Yes

446 mm/sec

IPC

Width: 474 mm/ 18.7 in.(659 mm/ 25.9 in. with the tray open)

Depth: 394 mm/ 15.5 in.Height: 74 mm/ 2.9 in. (216 mm/ 8.5 in. with the tray open)

5 kg/ 11 lb (approx.)

24 VDC and 5 VDC (from the host)

40 W or less

Temperature: same as the hostHumidity: same as the host

ItemOriginal pickup

Original orientation

Original position

Original separation

Original type

Stack

Original processing mode

Original size detection

Mixed original sizes

Original detection

Original feeding speed

Communication with host

Dimensions

Weight

Power source

Maximum power consumption

Operating environment

Page 21: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-9

*1. The following may not be used as an original:• Sheet with a staple, clip, or glue.• Sheet with a cut, hole, or tear.• Sheet with holes for binding.• Sheet with a carbon back.• Sheet with a cut-and-paste piece.• Sheet with curling, bending, or wrinkling.

The specifications are subject to change for product improvement.

Page 22: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-10

[1] Copy tray[2] Power cord connector[3] Open/close lever

[1] Copyboard cover[2] Static eliminator cleaner[3] Manual feed tray

[4] Right door[5] Cassette[6] Copyboard glass

[4] Static eliminator[5] Copy density correction switch[6] Delivery guide plate

[1]

[6]

[5]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[3]

[6]

[2]

[1]

[4]

III. NAMES OF PARTS

A. External View

1. Copyboard Type

Figure 1-301

Figure 1-302

Page 23: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-11

[1] ADF[2] Manual feed tray[3] Right door

[1] Static eliminator cleaner[2] Delivery guide plate[3] Copy tray[4] Power cord connector

[4] Cassette[5] Copyboard glass

[5]

[4]

[2]

[3]

[1]

[5] Open/close lever[6] Static eliminator[7] Copy density correction switch

[7]

[6][5]

[2]

[4]

[3]

[1]

2. ADF Type

Figure 1-303

Figure 1-304

Page 24: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-12

[1]

[4]

[3]

[2]

3. ADF

Figure 1-305

[1] Original tray[2] Original delivery tray

[3] Slide guide[4] Auxiliary tray

Page 25: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-13

[1] No. 3 mirror[2] No. 2 mirror[3] No. 1 mirror[4] Scanning lamp[5] Heat exhaust fan[6] Copyboard glass[7] Side blanking lamp[8] Lens[9] Primary charging roller[10] No. 6 mirror

[11] Cartridge[12] No. 4 mirror[13] No. 5 mirror[14] Multifeeder tray[15] Vertical path roller[16] Multifeeder pickup roller[17] Cassette pickup roller[18] Registration roller[19] Developing cylinder[20] Photosensitive drum

[21] Transfer roller[22] Feed belt[23] Cassette[24] Fixing upper unit[25] Fixing lower roller[26] Cleaning roller[27] Delivery roller[28] Copy tray[29] Single-feeder pickup roller

[1]

[28] [27] [26] [25] [24] [23] [22] [21] [20] [19] [18] [17] [29][16] [15]

[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14]

B. Cross Section

1. Body

Figure 1-306

Page 26: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-14

[1] Delivery roller[2] Copy tray[3] Pickup roller 2[4] Pickup roller 1[5] Copyboard tray[6] Auxiliary tray[7] Guide plate

[8] Separation pad[9] Registration roller[10] Feed belt drive roller[11] Feed belt[12] Feed belt roller[13] Feed belt link slave roller

[6][5][4][3][2][1]

[13] [12] [11] [9] [8] [7][10]

2. ADF

Figure 1-307

Page 27: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-15

DescriptionAdjusts the density of copiesmanually.

Indicates the selected copy den-sity mode.

Indicates the selected default ra-tio.

Indicates the selected cassette/manual feed tray.If there is nopaper loaded, it flashes.

Flashes in response to a jam.

• Indicates the number of copiesor reproduction ratio.

• The symbol “%” turns onwhen indicating a ratio.

Stops copying or returns copy-ing mode to standard mode.

Starts copying.

Turns on and off the power.

No.1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Remarks

100 (max.; continuouscopying)

Standard ModeRatio: 100%Count: 1Paper source: cassetteCopy density: auto

mode

NameCopy density adjusting lever

Copy density mode indicator

Default ratio indicator

Paper selection indicator*1

Jam indicator

Count/ratio indicator

Clear/stop key

Copy start key

Power switch

[8] [9][7][6][1]

[15] [14] [12] [10][11][13]

[5][4][3][2]

IV. USING THE MACHINE

A. Control Panel

Figure 1-401

Page 28: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-16

DescriptionNo. RemarksName10

11

12

13

14

15

Count/zoom set key

Zoom indicator*2

Zoom key*2

Paper selection key*1

Default ratio key

Copy density mode selectionkey

Sets the number of copies or azoom ratio.

Turns on when zoom mode isselected.

Selects/deselects zoom mode.

Selects the cassette/ manualfeed tray.

Selects a default reproductionratio.

Selects copying density mode.

May be between 70%and 141% in 1% incre-ments.

Table 1-401

*1. Applies only to a multifeeder model.*2. Applies only to a model equipped with a zoom function.

Page 29: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-17

Zoom

V. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE BY THE USER

Instruct the user to clean the following if images tend to be soiled or copy paper tends to jamoften.1. Soiled Imagesa. Copyboard Glass/Copyboard Cover

Clean the cover with a moist cloth (with water or mild detergent solution); then, dry wipe it.

b. Feeding Belt (ADF type)b.1 Cleaning in Feeder Cleaning Mode1) Turn on the machine, and hold down the Copy Density Mode Selection key for 4 sec or

more.• The count/ratio indicator will indicate ‘U6’.

Figure 1-501

2) Place about 10 sheets of blank copy paper (A4/LTR) on the original tray of the ADF.3) Press the Copy Start key.

• Copy paper will be fed from the original tray.• The indicator flashes ‘U6’ while the feeder is being cleaned.

4) Press the Copy Density Mode Selection key to end the mode.

Caution:• You cannot start feeder cleaning mode while the machine is making copies or if an error

exists.• The auto power-off mechanism does not operate while feeder cleaning mode is being

executed.

Page 30: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-18

b.2 Cleaning by Hand1) Wipe the feed belt with a moist cloth (water or mild detergent solution) in the direction of

the arrow in the figure; then, dry wipe it.

Figure 1-502

2. If Jams Occur Frequentlya. Static Eliminator1) Remove the static eliminator cleaner from the machine.

Figure 1-503 (Copyboard type)

Page 31: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-19

Figure 1-504 (ADF type)

2) Pull the open/close lever to open the machine.3) Using the static eliminator cleaner, clean the static eliminator.

• Brush out the paper lint or the like from the groove of the static eliminator.

Figure 1-505

4) Close the machine as soon as you have finished cleaning. (Work briskly.)

Page 32: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)1-20

Scanning lamp Copyboard glass

Fixed focal point lens

Side blanking lamp(front, rear)

Developing blade

Developing cylinder

Primary charging roller

Cleaning blade

Transfer charging roller

Static eliminator

Fixing assembly

Photosensitive drum

VI. IMAGE FORMATION

A. OutlineThe construction of the machine is as follows:

Figure 1-601

Page 33: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-21

The machine’s image formation process consists of the following seven steps:Step 1 Primary charging (AC + negative DC)Step 2 Image exposureStep 3 Development (AC + negative DC)Step 4 Transfer (negative DC)Step 5 Separation (curvature separation + static eliminator; positive DC)Step 6 FixingStep 7 Drum cleaning

Figure 1-602

Delivery

: Flow of copy paper : Rotation of the photosensitive drum

4. Transfer

Static latent image formation block

2. Image exposure

3. Development7. Drum cleaning

Registration6. Fixing 5. Separation

1. Primary charging

Cassette

Manual feed

Page 34: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 35: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 2

BASIC OPERATION

This chapter provides descriptions on basic operations, functions of each operation,relationships between electrical and mechanical systems, and timing at which eachassociated part is turned on.

Process speed 96 mm/sec

I. BASIC OPERATIONS ..................2-1A. Functional Construction ........2-1B. Outline of Electrical

Circuitry .................................2-2C. Basic Sequence of

Operations .............................2-3

D. Controlling the Main Motor(M1) .......................................2-5

E. Inputs to and Outputs fromthe DC Controller ..................2-7

Page 36: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 37: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-1

I. BASIC OPERATIONS

A. Functional Construction

The machine consists of four functional blocks: pickup/feeding system, exposure system, im-age formation system, and control system.

Figure 2-101

Control system

Control panel

Control circuitOriginal

illuminating block

Copyboard

Exposure system

Image formation systemPrimary charging

roller

Drum cleaning block Developing

assembly

Photosensitive drum

Manual feed block

Pickup/feeding system

Pickupcontrol block

Transfer/separation

Feeding

Fixing assembly/delivery assembly

Copy tray

Cassette

Optical block

Page 38: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)2-2

B. Outline of Electrical Circuitry

The machine’s major electric mechanisms are controlled by the microprocessor mounted onthe DC controller PCB, which reads input signals from sensors and operating keys according to theinstructions of the program stored in advance and sends signals used to drive motors, solenoids,lamps, and other loads as needed.

Figure 2-102

SensorQ101CPU

Q900CPU

Scanning lamp

Fixing heater

ContactPCB

High-voltage circuitblock

+5V+24V

Main motordriver PCB

Solenoid

Side blankinglamp

Scanner/lens drive motor

Scanner cooling fan

Powerswitch

Mainmotor

Sensor/switch

ADF load

Controlpanel

Thermistor

AE sensor PCB

• Scanner home position detection• Lens home position detection• Pre-registration roller paper detection• Delivery paper detection• Vertical path roller paper detection• Single-feeder paper detection

• Scanner thermistor• Fixing thermistor

<Loads><Sensor Block> <Control Block>Composite

power supply PCBDC controller PCB

• Primary charging roller• Developing cylinder• Transfer charging roller• Static eliminator

• Pickup clutch solenoid• Registration clutch solenoid• Lens solenoid• Multifeeder pickup solenoid• Cassette pickup solenoid

ADF

Page 39: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-3

C. Basic Sequence of Operations• A4R, Direct, 2 Copies, Continuous, Cassette

I : Scanner home position detectionII : Lens home position detection

Figure 2-103

Copy Start keyPower switchONON

STBY INTR AER SCFW

Forward

SCFWSCRV LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Scanning lamp (LA1)

Primary AC bias

Transfer bias

Static eliminator bias

Fixing heater (H1)

Primary DC bias

Developing AC bias

0.3sec (approx.)

Developing DC bias

Scanner

SCRV

ReverseI II I

Page 40: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)2-4

Table 2-101

STBY(standby)

INTR(initial rotation)

AER(AE rotation)

SCFW(scanner forward)

SCRV(scanner reverse)

LSTR(last rotation)

• From when he power switch is turnedon to when the Copy Start key ispressed.

• From when LSTR ends to when theCopy Start key is pressed.

From when the Copy Start key ispressed to when the scanner moves for-ward.

While the scanner moves forward about10 cm and then moves it in reverse.

While the scanner is moving forward.• The distance varies according to the

selected copy size and reproductionratio.

• The forward speed varies according tothe selected reproduction ratio.

While the scanner is moving in reverse.• The reverse speed is about 3.3 as fast

as the forward speed used in Direct.

From when SCRV ends to when themain motor stops.

DescriptionWaits until the Copy Start key ispressed.

Removes residual charges from thephotosensitive drum, thereby ensuringa stable drum sensitivity.

Measures the density of the original.

Illuminates the original by the scanninglamp, and the reflected optical image isprojected to the photosensitive drumthrough mirrors and lenses.

Moves the scanner to the home positionin preparation for the next copying run.

Neutralizes the drum surface potentialas post-processing.

Period

Page 41: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-5

D. Controlling the Main Motor (M1)

1. OutlineTable 2-102 shows the functions of the main motor control circuit, and Figure 2-104 is a block

diagram of the circuit.

Table 2-102

Figure 2-104

CompositepowersupplyPCB

DCcontroller

PCB

Phasecontroldrivecircuit

Reference signal

Drivecurrent

Hall IC output

MMCLK

Clock pulsegenerator

Main motor(M1)

Main motor drive PCB

J205-4

-3

-2

-1

+24V J901-1

-2

-3

-4

J103-6

J203-3

J104-1

J204-7

24V

GND

MMD

MLOCK

ItemPower supply

Drive signal

Moving/drive parts

Control

Error detection

Description24 VDC from the composite power supply.

Signal (MMD) from the DC controller PCB.

Photosensitive drum, primary charging roller, developing assembly,transfer charging roller, pickup roller, vertical roller, registration roller,feeding assembly, fixing assembly, delivery roller, heat exhaust fan

Executes on/off control.Executes constant speed rotation control.

Issues ‘E010’.

Page 42: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)2-6

2. OperationsThe main motor (M1) is a DC motor with a built-in clock pulse generator, which generates

clock pulses (MMCLK) in relation to the rotation of the motor while the motor is rotating.The speed control circuit controls the main motor (M1) so that it rotates at a specific speed by

matching the frequency of these clock pulses and that of the reference signals.When the main motor drive signal (MMD) from the DC controller circuit goes ‘1’, the motor

diver drive circuit turns on, causing the main motor (M1) to rotate at a specific speed.While the main motor is rotating at a specific speed, the main motor driver PCB keeps sending

the constant speed state signal (MLOCK=0) to the DC controller PCB. If the rotation of the motorstarts to have fluctuations, the MLOCK signal goes ‘1’.

Related Error Code

E010While the main motor drive signal is generated, the rotation of the main motor deviates froma specific number for 1 sec or more.

a. Turning On/Off the Main MotorWhen the main motor drive signal (MMD) from the DC controller circuit goes ‘1’, the main motordriver turns on to rotate the main motor (M1).

b. Rotating the Main Motor at a Constant SpeedThe drive circuit on the motor driver PCB controls the main motor so that the phase of the fre-quency of the clock pulse signals (MMCLK) occurring when the motor rotates and that of thefrequency of the reference signals match. The main motor driver PCB sends the constant speedstate signal (MLOCK=0) to the DC controller circuit.

c. Detecting an Error (E010)If the rotation of the main motor starts to have fluctuations for some reason, the MLOCK signalgoes ‘1’. If the signal remains ‘1’ for about 1 sec, the DC controller will find the condition to be afault in the main motor, and will stop the main motor and, at the same time, indicate ‘E010’ in thedisplay.

Page 43: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-7

E. Inputs to and Outputs from the DC Controller

1. Inputs to the DC Control (1/2)

Figure 2-105

PS1

PS2

PS3

TH1

TH2

J101-1-3-2

J109-11-10

-9

J102-7-9-8

J132-3-5-4

J108-4-3-5

J102-1

-6

J131-1

-2

SCHP

LHP

DPDDIG3

PDP

+5V

+5V

+5V

RPD

+5V

TH1

TH2

DC controller PCB

When the scanner is in the home position, ‘1’.(The light-blocking plate is at PS1, ‘1’.)

When the lens is in the home position, ‘1’.(The light-blocking plate is at PS2, ‘1’.)

When PS3 has detected paper, ‘0’.(The light-blocking plate is at PS3, ‘1’.)

When PS4 has detected paper, ‘1’.(The light-blocking plate is at PS4, ‘1’.)

When Q751 has detected paper, ‘1’.(The light-blocking plate is at PS751, ‘0’.)

When the surface temperature of the fixing heater increases, the voltage decreases. (analog signal)

When the temperature of the scanner increases,the voltage decreases. (analog signal)

Scanner homeposition sensor

Lens homeposition sensor

Delivery sensor

Vertical path rollerpaper sensor

Pre-registrationroller paper sensor

Fixing thermistor

Scanner thermistor

PS4

J113-1-3-2

SFPDDIG2

When PS5 has detected paper, ‘0’.(The light-blocking plate is at PS5, ‘1’.)

Single-feederpaper sensor(Single-feeder type only)

PS5

J62

J62J433

Q751

Sensor PCB

Page 44: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)2-8

2. Inputs to the DC Controller (2/2)

Figure 2-106

When the light reflected by the original increases, the voltage increases.

J107-4-3-2-1

+24V

The variation in the resistance of the fixing heater is corrected in three levels based on combinations of 2-bit signals.

The keys and the LEDs are wired in a matrix in the control panel PCB, and the DC controller turns on or flashes the LEDs and reads key inputs.

AEAEREF

J111J301

DC controller PCB

DIG1HEAT0DIG1HEAT1

J102-2-3-4-5

J62

AE sensor PCB

Control panel PCB

J601

+24V

J111-15

J111-16

PWOFF

SW309

Page 45: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-9

3. Outputs from the DC Controller (1/2)

Figure 2-107

J201-2

-1

DC controller PCBComposite power supply PCB

Noise filter

+24V

HVT board

High-voltagecircuitblock

Micro-processor

DS1

Door switch

Transformer

Line filter

(220/240V model only)

M2

Scanner/lens drive motor

M1

Mainmotor

Main motordriver PCB

NF1LF1

J207-1

-2 J104-2

FU1

Fixing heater

H1

J434J16

Fixing heateractivation circuit

J910-3

-1

J103-6J104-1

Scanning lamp

LA1Scanning lampactivation circuit

FU2

Thermal fuse 1

Thermal fuse 2

HEAT_TRG

Communication withthe composite powersupply

MMDMLOCK

See p. 3-7.

When ‘0’,the fixing heaterturns on.

See p. 2-5.

Primary charging rollerDeveloping cylinderTransfer charging rollerStatic eliminator

Page 46: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)2-10

4. Outputs from the DC Control PCB (2/2)

Figure 2-108

J109-8

-7

J132-2

-1

J130-1

-2

J109-4

-3

J109-6

-5

J109-2

-1

Pickup clutch solenoid

Registration clutch solenoid

Multifeeder pickup solenoid(Multifeeder type only)

Lens solenoid

SL4

SL3

SL2

SL1

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

PUSLD*

RGSLD*

LNSLD*

MFSLD*

When ‘0’, the pickup clutch solenoidturns on.

When ‘0’, the registration clutchsolenoid turns on.

When ‘0’, the lens solenoid turns on.

When ‘0’, the multifeeder pickupsolenoid turns on.

J106-1

-2Side blanking lamp (front)

Side blanking lamp (rear)SB_LP*

+24V

When ‘0’, the blanking lamp turns on.

DC controller PCB

J51

J51

J54

J52

J53

J55

Cassette pickup solenoid SL5

+24V

CPUSD*

When ‘0’, the cassette pickup solenoidturns on.

J58

Scanner cooling fan

+24V

FM1D*

When ‘0’, the scanner cooling fanturns on.FM1

Page 47: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-11

5. Inputs to and Outputs from the ADF

Figure 2-109

Composite power supply PCB

+24V

+5V

+5V

+24V

J114-1

-2REQ

-3

-4ACK

-5

-6TXD

-7

-8

-8

-7

-6

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1RXD

DC controller PCB

See Chapter 8.To the ADF

-4

-3

-2

-1To the ADF

J60

J105-6

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

J202-1

-2

-3

-4

-5

-6

J24

Page 48: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 49: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 3

EXPOSURE SYSTEM

This chapter discusses the principles of operation used for the machine's lens driveunit and scanner drive unit. It also explains the timing at which these drive units areoperated, and shows how they may be disassembled/assmbled and adjusted.

I. OPERATIONS ..............................3-1A. Outline ...................................3-1B. Varying the Reproduction

Ratio ......................................3-2C. Lens Drive System ................3-3D. Scanner Drive System ..........3-4

II. EXPOSURE SYSTEM .................3-9

A. Controlling the ScanningLamp .....................................3-9

III. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 3-12A. Scanner Drive Assembly .... 3-13B. Lens Drive Assembly ......... 3-31C. Exposure System ............... 3-37

Page 50: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 51: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-1

ItemLamp

Scanning

Scanner position detection

Ratio variation

Lens drive control

Scanner drive control

Protective function

DescriptionHalogen

By moving the No. 1 mirror mount

By a sensor (scanner home position sensor; PS1)

Main scanning direction:by varying the optical lengthSub scanning direction:by varying the speed of the No. 1 mirror mount

Scanner/lens drive motor (M2)Fixed focal point lens unitMobile No. 4/5 mirror unit

Scanner/lens drive motor (M2)Scanner thermistor (TH2)

By a fuse (blows in response to overheating of the scanning lamp to cutpower to the lamp)• Thermal fuse (FU1; blows at 128°C)

Table 3-101

Figure 3-101

Photosensitivedrum

Fixed focal point lens

Enlarge Reduce Moves for enlargement/reduction

No. 4/5 mirror unit

Copyboard glass

I. OPERATIONS

A. Outline

Table 3-101 shows the major functions of the exposure system.

Page 52: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-2

Figure 3-102

Direct

Optical length

Reduction

Optical length

Enlargement

Optical length

Optical length: L1 < L2, L1 < L3

L3

L2

L1

F

F

F

F'

F'

F'

B. Varying the Reproduction Ratio

The reproduction ratio in the drum axial direction (main scanning direction) is varied by thelens drive system, and that in the drum peripheral direction (sub scanning direction) is changed bythe scanner drive system.

In the lens drive system, the positions of the fixed focal point lens and the No. 4/5 mirror arechanged to vary the reproduction ratio.

In the scanner system, the relative speed of the No. 1 mirror mount is made higher (for reduc-tion) or lower (for enlargement) than the drum peripheral speed.

Page 53: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-3

Figure 3-103

Lens home positionsensor (PS2)

Lens shift detecting shaftfor side blanking lamp

Lens unit

Reduction

Scanner/lens drive motor(M2)

No. 4/5 mirror unit

Top View

Switching gear

While the lens is moving

Lens

hom

e po

sitio

n de

tect

ion

sign

al(L

HP

)

Lens

sol

enoi

d dr

ive

sign

al(L

NS

LD*)

SL3

DC controller PCB

SL3 SL3ON OFF

Switchinggear

Switchinggear

Enlargement

Cam

Lens cable

While the scanner is moving

C. Lens Drive System

1. OutlineThe lens drive system is driven by the scanner/lens drive motor (M2). When the lens solenoid

(SL3) turns on, the switching gear is pushed in the direction of . In this condition, when thescanner/lens drive motor rotates in reverse direction (), the lens unit will move in the direction ofreduction ( ) by the work of the gear and the lens cable.

At the same time, the No. 4/5 mirror unit operates according to the distance over which the lensunit is moved by the work of the gear and the cam, thereby varying the optical length.

At this time, the blanking lamp also moves in conjunction with the lens to blank out the appro-priate front/rear widths to suit the selected reduction ratio.

Page 54: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-4

Figure 3-104

J101

-1

M2

PS1 Light-blockingplate

Scanner home position signal (SCHP)

Scanner home position sensor (PS1)

J110

-1S

C_C

OM

-2S

C_B

*

-3

SC

_B-4

SC

_CO

M-5

SC

_A*

-6S

C_A

Q109

Motor driver circuit

DC controller PCB

D. Scanner Drive System

1. OutlineThe scanner is driven by the scanner/lens drive motor (M2), whose direction of rotation

changes to move the scanner forward or in reverse.When moving the scanner forward, the speed of rotation of the motor varies according to the

selected reproduction ratio on a continuous basis; when moving the scanner in reverse, on the otherhand, its speed remains the same regardless of the selected reproduction ratio in normal copying(312mm/sec, about 3.3 as fast as when moving the scanner forward in Direct).

The distance over which the scanner is moved varies according to the length of copy paper andthe selected reproduction ratio.

The scanner/lens drive motor dives the lens drive system as well as the scanner.

Page 55: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-5

Description

• Provides a means of reference fordetermining forward movementdistance.

• Stops the scanner moving in re-verse in 0.1 sec.

Scanner sensor

PS1(scannerhome positionsensor)

Signal

SCHP

ScannerForward Reverse

Table 3-102

Figure 3-105

Copy Start keyPower switchONON

STBY INTR SCFW

Forward

SCFWSCRV LSTR STBY

Scanner home positionsensor (PS1)

Scanning lamp(LA1)

Scanner I II

SCRV

I Reverse

Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor (Q751)

I : Scanner home position detectionII : Lens home position detection

2. Relationship between Scanner Sensor and Signal

3. Basic Sequence of Operations (scanner)

The microprocessor on the DC controller PCB controls the forward movement distance of thescanner with reference to the falling edge of the scanner home position signal. The forward move-ment distance of the scanner varies according to the length of copy paper and reproduction ratio. Ifthe ratio is less than 130%, the scanner is moved forward as if for A4 (297 mm); if it is 130% ormore, the scanner is moved forward as if for LTR (279 mm).

For descriptions on how length is detected, see p. 5-10.

Page 56: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-6

Figure 3-106

Switching to 6-cpm copying speed

SCRV SCFW SCRV SCFW SCRV SCFW SCRV LSTR STBY

Check timing by thermistor(TH2)

Main motor (M1)

Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)

Scanner

Pickup clutch solenoid (SL1)

II

I

37.5˚C or higher 34.5˚C or higher

I : When the pre-registration roller paper sensor (Q751) is off, the pickup clutch solenoid isturned off to prevent overheating of the pickup clutch solenoid (SL1).

II : By the time the Copy Start key is pressed or the power switch is turned off and then on againnext time, the scanner is moved to and stopped at 105 mm forward from the home position.

4. Controlling the Copying SpeedThe machine uses a halogen lamp for scanning, and the heat of the lamp increases the tempera-

ture of the copyboard.To prevent possible overheating of the copyboard glass, the temperature of the scanner is

monitored by a thermistor (TH2); if its reading reaches 37.5°C or higher, the copying speed isreduced to 6 cpm.

If this mechanism turns on during continuous copying, it remains on until the end of the copy-ing job.

At the end of copying, if the reading of the thermistor is 34.5°C or higher, the No. 1 mirrormount is moved forward 105 mm from the home position and stopped, thereby lowering the tem-perature of the copyboard fast.

Reference:While the copying speed is controlled to 6 cpm, the speed of the reverse movement of thescanner is reduced to prevent overheating of the copyboard glass. (about 75 mm/sec)

Page 57: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-7

Current switching signal 1

Current switching signal 2

Current switching signal 3

(Q101)

(Q109)

DC controller PCB

A

A*

B

B*

SC-COM

SC-COM

J110

SC-A

SC-A*

SC-B

SC-B* M2

Motordrivercircuit

+24VU

R399

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

5. Controlling the Scanner/Lens Drive Motora. Outline

The scanner/lens drive motor (M2) is a 4-phase stepping motor. The timing at which the drivepower (SC-COM) and pulses (SC-A, SCA*, SC-B, SC-B*) are generated is controlled to turn on/off the scanner/lens drive motor (M2) or to switch the direction of its rotation.

Page 58: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-8

b. OperationsThe microprocessor (Q101) mounted on the DC controller PCB receives instructions from the

control panel PCB copying mode settings (e.g., reproduction ratio). In response, it applies drivepulses to the scanner/lens drive motor (M2) through the motor driver circuit.

The scanner motor is a 4-phase stepping motor, and changes the direction and speed of itsrotation according to the sequence and frequency of drive pulses (SC-A*through SC-B*).

The motor drive voltage is switched on and off by pulse signals (A through B*) generated bythe microprocessor (Q101). Any of these pulse signals is generated when the motor is in operation,while no pulse signal is generated when the motor is at rest.

The current switching signals from 1 to 3 generated by the microprocessor (Q101) are used tocontrol the current flowing to the motor so that it varies according to the state of the scanner and thelens.

c. Detecting Overcurrent for the Scanner/Lens Drive MotorIf overcurrent flows to the scanner/lens drive motor for some reason, the fuse (R339) on the DC

controller PCB will blow to cut the power to the motor.

Caution:The fuse (R339) will not recover once it has blown.

Forwarding thescanner

1

1

1

Current switching signal 1

Current switching signal 2

Current switching signal 3

Starting the lens

0

0

0

Moving the lens

0

0

1

Reversing thescanner

0

1

1

Page 59: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-9

Figure 3-201

(Q101)

Serialcommunication

VR107

DC controller PCB

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

(Q900)Intensity adjustmentsignal

PWM_1KHz

Lamp activationsignal

LAMP_ON

Activation detectionsignal

LAMP_DETECT

Composite power supply PCB

9

4

2

7

(HIC001)

Phasecontrolcircuit

Arcing circuit

Scanning lamp(LA1)

Thermal fuse(FU1)

Activation detection circuit

Rectifyingcircuit

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

Rectifyingcircuit

+-

+-

II. EXPOSURE SYSTEM

A. Controlling the Scanning Lamp

1. OutlineFigure 3-201 shows the circuit used to control the scanning lamp, and has the following func-

tions:• Turning on/off the scanning lamp.• Controlling the intensity of the scanning lamp.• Monitoring the state (on/off) of the scanning lamp.

Page 60: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-10

2. Operationsa. Turning On/Off the Scanning Lamp

The DC controller PCB and the composite power supply exchange signals in serial communi-cation to control the scanning lamp. According to the scanner lamp active voltage signal, the mi-croprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCB controls the intensity adjustment signal(PWM_1KHz) and the lamp activation signal (LAMP_ON) to turn on/off the scanning lamp(LA1).When LAMP_ON is ‘0’,

The phase control circuit turns on.The arcing circuit turns on.

The scanning lamp turns on.

When LAMP_ON is ‘1’,The phase control circuit turns off.

The arcing circuit turns off.The scanning lamp turns off.

Page 61: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-11

Figure 3-202

c. Monitoring the Activation of the Scanning LampThe activation detection signal (LAMP_DETECT) is sent to the microprocessor (Q900) on the

composite power supply PCB as long as the scanning lamp remains on.The composite power supply PCB sends the lamp activation signal to the DC controller PCB in

serial by way of monitoring the activation of the scanning lamp (LA1).

Related Error Code

E220• The lamp activation detection signal is not detected for 1 sec or more although the scan-

ning lamp activation signal has been sent.• The lamp activation detection signal has been detected for 1 sec or more although the

scanning lamp activation signal is not sent.

If an error has been detected, the power switch will be turned off after indicating an error codefor 2 sec.

t [msec]

ON

OFF

1kHz1

[msec]

Pulse duty= t/ × 100 [%]

<PWM_1KHz signal>

1k1

b. Controlling the Intensity of the Scanning LampThe intensity of the lamp is controlled by the scanning lamp active voltage signal sent by the

DC controller PCB in serial.The microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCB sends the intensity adjust-

ment signal (PWM_1KHz) in response to the scanning lamp active voltage signal. In turn, thephase control circuit (HIC 001) controls the voltage supplied to the scanning lamp.

The PWM_1KHz signal varies according to the setting of VR107 mounted on the DC control-ler PCB between 10% and 90% in terms of pulse duty ratio or between 50.5 and 80 V for the 120 Vmodel (between 85.7 and 145.8 V for the 220/240 V model) in terms of actual voltage by way ofphase control.

However, the intensity remains a specific value for AE exposure so that it is 56 V for the 120 Vmodel (108.5 V for the 220/240 V model) in terms of actual voltage.

Page 62: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-12

III. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

As needed, disassemble/assemble the machine with the following in mind:1. ! Before starting the work, turn off the power switch and disconnect the power plug for

safety.2. Unless otherwise instructed, assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble

it.3. Identify the screws by type (length, diameter) and location.4. Use the washers where necessary. (The screws used to mount the grounding wire and

Varistors come with a washer to ensure electrical continuity.)5. As necessary, cut the harness band.6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its part removed.7. A few of the screws used are special screws (with wider thread intervals). Do not use any

screws indiscriminately.

Page 63: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-13

Figure 3-301

Figure 3-302

[1] [1]

[2]

[3]

A. Scanner Drive Assembly

1. Removing the Scanner/Lens DriveMotor

1) Remove the front lower cover.(See Chapter 7.III.A.2.“Removing theFront Lower Cover.”)

2) Remove the copyboard glass.(See Chapter 7.III.C.1.“Removing theCopyboard Glass.”)

3) Remove the four screws [1], and detachthe lens cover [2].

4) Disconnect the connector (J110) [3] fromthe DC controller PCB.

Page 64: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-14

Figure 3-303

Figure 3-304

[4]

[4] [5]

5) Open the machine’s top unit farther, andhold it in position using the handle (about30 mm in diameter) of a screwdriver.

6) Remove the machine’s two fixing screws[4] from the scanner/lens drive motor [5].

Page 65: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-15

Figure 3-305

[6]

[7][5]

Lift.

7) Free the top unit (by removing the screw-driver), and close the top unit.

8) Remove the E-ring [6]; then, lift the cabledrive pulley [7] slightly, and detach thescanner/lens drive motor [5].

Page 66: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-16

Figure 3-306

Wind 1.5 times. (black cable)Wind 7.5 times.(silver-colored cable)

2. Outline of the Scanner Drive Cable

Page 67: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-17

Figure 3-307

Figure 3-308

[1]

3. Routing the Scanner Drive Cablea. Before Starting the Work

Prepare the following:• Mirror positioning tool• Cable clip• Adhesive tape

1) Set the mirror positioning tool as shown.

2) Prepare about five strips of adhesive tape(each one about 20 × 50 mm).

3) Remove the copyboard glass.(See Chapter 7.III.C.1.“Removing theCopyboard Glass.”)

4) Disconnect the connectors (J101, J131)[1] from the DC controller PCB.

Page 68: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-18

Figure 3-309

Figure 3-310

[2][2] [4]

[2] [2]

[3]

[3]

[5]

[4][5]

5) If the machine is equipped with an ADF,free the hook [2], and disconnect the tworelay connectors [3] from the left upperstay [4].

6) Remove the three screws [5], and detachthe left upper stay [4].

Page 69: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-19

Figure 3-311

[6] [6]

[7]

7) Remove the four screws [6], and detachthe lens cover [7].

Page 70: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-20

Figure 3-313

Figure 3-312

[2]Shorter end

Longer end

[1]

Face with a marking

[1]

[3]

Top View

[3]

b. Routing the Reversing Cable1) Wind the reversing cables (silver-colored)

[2] on the cable drive pulley [1] 7.5 timeswith the longer end on top; then, secure itin position with a cable clip [3].

Page 71: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-21

Figure 3-314

Figure 3-315

[5]

Hook

(front)

[1]

[4]

[7]

[6]

2) Put the cable drive pulley [1] into the shaft[4], and secure it in position with an E-ring [5].When putting the cable drive pulley intothe shaft, be sure that the hook is at thefront.

3) Hook the shorter end [6] on the pulley [7].

Page 72: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-22

Figure 3-317

Figure 3-316

[10]

[11]

[6]

[8]

[9]

Figure 3-318

[6]

[12][13]

[14]

[15]

4) Lead the shorter end [6] under the No. 1mirror mount [8] and the No. 2/3 mirrormount [9]; then, hook it on the left rearpulley [10] and the pulley [11] of the No.2/3 mirror mount.

5) After fitting the shorter end [6] on thecable hook [12], secure its end with adhe-sive tape [13].Be sure that the secured end of the cable isfound where the hole in the left side plateand the tip of the cable matches.

6) Lead the longer end [14] along the cabledrive pulley, and hook it on the pulley[15] on the right front side.

Page 73: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-23

Figure 3-319

Figure 3-320

[8]

[17]

[9]

[16][14]

[18] [19]

[14]

7) Lead the longer end [14] under the No. 1mirror mount [8] and the No. 2/3 mirrormount [9]; then, hook it on the pulley [16]on the left front side and the pulley [17] ofthe No. 2/3 mirror mount.

8) Hook the longer end [14] on the cablehook [18]; then, secure its end to the leftside with adhesive tape [19].Be sure that the secured end of the cable isfound where the hole in the left side plateand the tip of the cable matches.

Page 74: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-24

Figure 3-322

Figure 3-321

Figure 3-323

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

Face without a marking

[5][1]

[6]

[5]

[7]

[8]

[9]

c. Routing the Forwarding Cable1) Fit the longer end forwarding cable

(black) [2] on the top hook of the cabledrive pulley [1], and wind it 1.5 times.Then, secure the shorter end [3] as shownwith adhesive tape [4].

2) Lead the longer end [5] along the cabledrive pulley [1] as shown, and hook it onthe pulley [6] on the right front side.

3) Lead the longer end [5] under the No. 1mirror mount [7]; then, hook it on the pul-ley [8] of the No. 2/3 mirror mount, andlead it between the No. 1 mirror mount [7]and the scanning lamp [9].

Page 75: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-25

Figure 3-324

Figure 3-326

Figure 3-325

[5]

[10]

[11]

[3]

[7]

[9]

[3]

[12]

4) Hook the end of the longer end [5] on thehole [10] on the right side.

5) Free the shorter end [3], and hook it on thepulley [11] on the right rear side.

6) Lead the shorter end [3] under the No. 1mirror mount [7], and hook it on the pul-ley [12] of the No. 2/3 mirror mount asshown; then, lead it between the No. 1mirror mount [7] and the scanning lamp[9].

Page 76: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-26

Figure 3-327

Figure 3-328

[3] [13]

[14][3]

[15]

[5]

7) Hook the end of the shorter end [3] on thehole [13] on the right side.

8) Free the shorter end [3] and the longer end[5] (reversing cable), and connect bothwith a spring [14]; then, fit the stopper[15].

Page 77: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-27

Figure 3-329

[1] [16]

9) Detach the pulley clip [16] from the cabledrive pulley [1].

Page 78: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-28

Figure 3-330 (rear)

Figure 3-331 (front)

[1]

[2]

[1]

[2]

d. Positioning the No. 1 Mirror Mount1) Fix the rear and the front of the No. 1 mir-

ror mount [1] temporarily to the metal fix-ing [2] of the forwarding cable.

Page 79: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-29

Figure 3-332 (rear)

Figure 3-333 (front)

[4][3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

2) Turn the cable drive pulley [4] so that thethree shafts [3] of the mirror positioningtool for rear and front is as shown.

Page 80: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-30

Figure 3-334 (rear)

Figure 3-335 (front)

[1]

[1]

3) While keeping the condition of step 2),tighten the positioning screw on the rearand front of the No. 1 mirror mount [1].

Page 81: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-31

Figure 3-336

[1] [1]

[2]

B. Lens Drive Assembly

1. Removing the Lens Cable1) Turn on the power; when the lens has

moved to the Direct position, disconnectthe power plug.

2) Remove the copyboard glass.(See Chapter 7.III.C.1.“Removing theCopyboard Glass.”)

3) Remove the main drive assembly.(See Chapter 7.III.D.2.“Removing theMain Drive Assembly.”)

4) Remove the four screws [1], and detachthe lens cover [2].

Page 82: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-32

Figure 3-337

Figure 3-338

[3]

Marking

[4]

[5][6]

5) Mark the position of the lens cable fixingplate [3] and the lens mount [4] with ascriber.

Caution:When routing the lens cable, be sure torefer to the marking made with a scriber.

6) Disengage the lever [5] of the No. 4/5 mir-ror mount and the gear [6].

Page 83: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-33

Figure 3-341

Figure 3-339

Figure 3-340

[7]

[8]

[6]

[9]

[10]

7) Remove the screw [7], and detach the camgear [6] and the cable retainer [8].

8) Holding the middle of the No. 1 mirrormount [9], move it to the center of themachine.

Caution:Do not hold the reflecting plate.

9) Remove the spring [10].

Page 84: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-34

Figure 3-342

Figure 3-343

[11]

[12]

[13]

[12]

10) Remove the screw [11], and detach thelens cable fixing plate [12].

11) Free the lens cable [13] from the lenscable fixing plate [12]; then, detach thelens cable from the machine.

Page 85: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-35

Figure 3-344

Figure 3-345

[2][1]

[1]

[2]

[3]

2. Routing the Lens Cable1) After routing the lens cable, keep the lever

[1] of the No. 4/5 mirror mount disen-gaged from the cam gear [2] (so that thelever will not come into contact when thecam gear rotates).

2) While keeping the condition in step 1),turn on the power; when the No. 1 mirrormount and the lens stopped moving, turnoff the power.• The lens will move to the Direct posi-

tion.3) Check to make sure that the tip of the le-

ver [1] of the No. 4/5 mirror mount andthe marking [3] on the top face of the camgear [2] match; then, engage the lever [1]and the cam gear [2].

Page 86: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-36

Figure 3-346

[4]

[2]

[1]

4) If the tip of the lever [1] and the markingon the cam gear [2] do not match, removethe fixing screw [4] of the cam gear [2]and detach the cam gear; then, mount thecam gear once again so that the markingon it and the tip of the lever match.

Page 87: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-37

Figure 3-347

Figure 3-348

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4][5]

C. Exposure System

1. Removing the Scanning Lamp1) Disconnect the power plug.2) Remove the copyboard glass.

(See Chapter 7.III.C.1. “Removing theCopyboard Glass.”)

3) Holding the middle of the No. 1 mirrormount [1], move the No. 1 mirror mount[1] to the right by about 5 cm.

Cauiton:Do not hold the reflecting plate.

4) Free the harness [3] from the guide [2];then, remove the screw [4], and detach thereflecting plate [5].

Page 88: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-38

Figure 3-349

[7]

[6]5) While pushing the electrode mount [6]

found at the rear of the machine in the di-rection of the arrow, detach the scanninglamp [7].

Caution:1. Do not start the work if the scanning

lamp is hot.2. Do not leave fingerprints on the sur-

face of the scanning lamp.3. If the surface of the scanning lamp is

soiled, dry wipe it.

Page 89: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-39

Figure 3-350

Logo mark

Scanning lamp

45 (approx.)

(mirror mount moving in reverse)

(front)

2. Points to Note When Mounting theLamp

When mounting the scanning lamp, besure that the logo mark (or the name of themanufacturer) is toward the front. Further, besure that the protrusion near the middle of thelamp is as shown.

Caution:• Do not touch the lamp portion.• If you have replaced the scanning lamp,

be sure to perform intensity adjustment (p.11-42) and AE adjustment (p. 11-43).

Page 90: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)3-40

Figure 3-351

Figure 3-352

[1]

[2]

(front)

Thermal fuse

Reflecting plate

3. Removing the Thermal Fuse1) Disconnect the power plug.2) Remove the copyboard glass.

(See Chapter 7.III.C.1.“Removing theCopyboard Glass.”)

3) Remove the two screws [1], and detachthe thermal fuse [2].

4. Points to Note When Mounting theFuse

When mounting the thermal fuse, be surethat the thermal fuse is oriented as shown.

Make sure that the fuse is in contact withthe reflecting plate.

Page 91: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 3 EXPOSURE SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-41

5. Removing the Thermistor Unit1) Remove the top cover.

(See Chapter 7.III.A.1. “Removing theTop Cover.”)

2) Disconnect the connector (J131) [1] fromthe DC controller PCB; remove the screw[2], and detach the thermistor unit [3].

Figure 3-353

[1]

[2][3]

Page 92: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 93: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 4

IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

This chapter discusses the principles of how images are formed. It also explains thetiming at which the various units involved in image formation are operated, and showshow they may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.

I. IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM ...4-1A. Outline ...................................4-1B. Timing Chart for the Image

Formation System .................4-3C. Controlling the Primary

Charging Roller Bias .............4-4D. Controlling the Transfer

Roller Bias .............................4-8E. Controlling the Developing/

Separation Static EliminatorBias .................................... 4-11

F. Measuring the Density ofOriginals ............................. 4-16

G. Controlling the Side BlankingMechanism ......................... 4-21

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 4-22A. Cartridge ............................ 4-23B. Transfer Charging

Assembly ............................ 4-25C. Blank Exposure .................. 4-26

Page 94: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 95: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-1

ItemControlling the primary chargingroller bias

Transfer roller bias control

Developing/separation staticeliminator bias control

Density control

Blanking control

DescriptionAC constant current control, on/off controlDC constant voltage control, on/off controlDC voltage level control

DC constant voltage control, on/off controlDC constant current control (ATVC, cleaning bias)Voltage level controlPolarity switching

DC constant voltage control, on/off controlAC constant voltage control, on/off controlDC voltage level control

Developing DC bias control

Side blanking lamp

Table 4-101

I. IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

A. Outline

The major functions of the image formation system are as follows:

Page 96: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-2

Figure 4-101

Side blanking lamp

Copyboard glass

Scanning lamp

AE sensor

Developing cylinder

Transfer roller

High-voltage circuit block

Lamp regulator block

Q900Microprocessor

Q101Microprocessor

DC controller PCBComposite power supply PCB

Drum cartridge

Photo-sensitive

drum

Lens

Primary charging roller

Static eliminator

Page 97: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-3

Figure 4-102

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW

forward

SCFWSCRV

Reverse

-625V

3200V

-400V 0.5sec.(approx.)

LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Scanning lamp (LA1)

Primary AC bias

Transfer bias

Transfer cleaning biasTransfer referencebias (ATVC)

Static eliminator biasPre-registration rollerpaper sensor (Q751)

Primary DC bias

Developing AC bias

Developing DC bias

Scanner

SCRV

-500V

0.6sec.(approx.)

0.6sec.(approx.)

B. Timing Chart for the Image Formation System

Basic Sequence of Operations (Direct, 2 copies, continuous)

Page 98: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-4

C. Controlling the Primary Charging Roller Bias

1. OutlineThe circuit shown in Figure 4-103 is used to control the voltage applied to the primary charging

roller, and has the following functions:• Turning on and off the DC/AC bias• Controlling the DC bias to a specific voltage• Controlling the AC bias to a specific voltage• Switching the level of the DC biasBoth DC bias and AC bias are applied to the primary charging roller so as to ensure that the

surface potential of the photosensitive drum will be uniform. The level of the DC bias is switchedbetween when forming copy images and when not forming copy images.

Reference:DC component: -400 V (non-image area)/-625 V (image area)AC component: 2000 Vpp to 3000 Vpp (885µA)

Page 99: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-5

Figure 4-103

Main transformer

T101

PR

_DC

_ON

J103

-4J2

03 -5

PD

C_P

WM

DC

bia

s co

ntro

l sig

nal

PD

C_S

DC

vol

tage

mon

itor

sign

al

PA

C_S

AC

com

pone

nt c

urre

nt m

onito

r si

gnal

PA

C_O

UT

AC

bia

s ou

tput

sig

nal

Amplifier

Voltageseparation

circuit

Photosensitive drum

Primary charging roller

T508

Microprocessor (Q900)

Microprocessor (Q101)

DC controller PCB

Composite power supply PCB

Serial communication

High-voltage transformer for primary charging

Page 100: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-6

DC bias ON signal(8-bit signal communication)

bit0 bit11 –

1 0

0 0

PR_DC_ON(J103-4)

0

1

1

DC bias ON (image area)DC bias ON (non-image area)DC bias OFF

Table 4-102 Relationship between DC Bias Output and Signal

b. Turning On and Off the AC BiasThe AC bias applied to the primary charging roller is turned on and off by the serial communi-

cation signal from the DC controller PCB.When the AC bias ON signal arrives from the DC controller PCB, the microprocessor (Q900)

on the composite power supply PCB generates the AC bias output signal (PAC_OUT), therebyapplying an AC bias to the primary charging roller.

c. Controlling the DC/AC Bias to a Specific Voltage/CurrentThe DC bias and the AC bias applied to the primary charging roller are controlled by the

microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCB so that they remain a specific level.When a DC/AC bias is generated, the microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply

PCB detects the DC voltage monitor signal (PDC_S) and the AC component current monitor signal(PAC_S), compares their levels against the reference levels, and varies the DC bias control signal(PDC_PWM) and the AC bias output signal (PAC_OUT) according to the differences so as toensure that they remain specific levels.

Reference:The DC bias control signal varies its pulse duty ratio while the AC bias output signal varies itsamplitude to change the level of the DC/AC bias.

2. Operationsa. Turning On and Off the DC Bias

The DC bias applied to the primary charging roller is turned on or off by the serial communica-tion signal and the primary charging bias ON signal (PR_DC_ON) from the DC controller PCB.

When the Copy Start key is pressed, the DC bias ON signal (serial) and the primary chargingbias ON signal (PR_DC_ON) are sent. The microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supplyPCB generates the DC bias control signal (PDC_PWM) based on the combination of the serialsignal and the PR_DC_ON signal, applying a DC bias to the primary charging roller.

Page 101: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-7

Figure 4-104

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW SCFWSCRV LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Scanning lamp (LA1)

Primary AC bias

Primary DC bias -400V -625V

SCRV

d. Switching the DC Bias LevelThe machine switches the DC bias level between the copy image area (-625 V) and the non-

copy image area (-400 V).The level of the DC bias is switched by the DC bias ON signal (serial signal) generated by the

DC controller PCB.The microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCB varies the DC bias control

signal (PDC_PWM) to switch the level of the DC bias. (See Table 4-102.)

Reference:The machine applies a DC bias over a non-copy image area (between sheets) so as to preventcharging the photosensitive drum to a positive potential otherwise caused by the cleaning biasfrom the transfer roller.

Page 102: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-8

Figure 4-105

Main transformer Transfer positive DC

bias generation circuit

Transfer positive DC bias ON signalT_REV_ON*

T101

Transfer current detection signalT_FW_S

Photo-sensitive

drum

Transfer charging roller

Transfer DC bias control signal T_FW_DRV

Transfer bias voltage detection signal

Transfer DC bias ON signalT_FW_ON

High-voltage transformer control signal CLK32K

Transfer overcurrent detection signalHV_LIMIT

+24V T302Transfer high-voltage transformer

Serial communi-cation

(Q101) (Q900)

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

DC controller PCB Composite power supply PCB

Transfer bias detection circuit

Transfer bias control circuit

T_FEEDBACK

D. Controlling the Transfer Roller Bias

1. OutlineThe circuit shown in Figure 4-105 is used to control the voltage applied to the transfer charging

roller, and has the following functions:• Turning on and off the transfer bias.• Controlling the transfer bias to a constant voltage.• Correcting the transfer bias voltage level (ATVC)• Switching the transfer bias polarity (cleaning bias)

Page 103: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-9

T_REV_ON* signal

10

11

Negative transfer bias ONPositive transfer bias ON (cleaning bias)Transfer bias OFFATVC

Transfer bias ON signal (serial communication)

bit2 bit31 01 1

0 00 1

T-FW_ON signal

11

01

2. Operationsa. Turning On and Off the Transfer Bias

The transfer bias applied to the transfer charging roller is turned on and off by the serial com-munication signal from the DC controller PCB.

When the transfer bias ON signal (serial signal) is generated by the DC controller PCB, themicroprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCB generates the high-voltage trans-former control signal (CLK32K), transfer DC bias ON signal (T_FW_ON), and transfer DC biascontrol signal (T_FW_DRV), thereby applying the transfer bias to the transfer charging roller.

Table 4-103 Relationship between Transfer Bias Output and Signals

b. Controlling the Transfer Bias to a Specific VoltageThe transfer bias applied to the transfer charging roller is controlled to a specific level by the

microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCB.When a transfer bias is generated, the microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply

PCB checks the transfer bias voltage detection signal (T_FEEDBACK), compares it against thereference value, and varies the transfer DC bias control signal (T_FW_DRV) according to thedifference to ensure that the transfer bias remains a specific level at all times.

Reference:The level of transfer bias applied to the transfer roller during a copying run is between -7.5and -3.0 kV.

Page 104: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-10

STBY INTR SCFW SCFWSCRV LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Reference bias (ATVC)

Transfer bias

SCRV

0.7sec (approx.)

0.8sec (approx.)

Copy Start keyON

1.2sec (approx.)Cleaning bias

1.6sec(approx.)

Figure 4-106

c. Correcting the Transfer Bias Voltage Level (ATVC control)The machine automatically corrects the application voltage level of the transfer bias to correct

the changes in the transfer efficiency caused by the deterioration of the transfer roller or thechanges in the environment.

A current of a specific level (-14.6 µA) is applied to the transfer charging roller during initialrotation executed each time the Copy Start key is pressed. The microprocessor (Q900) on the com-posite power supply PCB checks the transfer current detection signal (T_FW_S), and varies thetransfer bias applied to the transfer charging roller so that it will be an appropriate level.

Reference:While the transfer charging roller makes a single rotation, the microprocessor (Q900) checksthe transfer current detection signal four times, and determines the level of the transfer bias toapply using the average of the readings.

d. Switching the Polarity of the Transfer Bias (cleaning bias)The machine uses a direct charging method, allowing toner to move from the photosensitive

drum to the transfer roller as when a jam occurs if left unattended.To remove excess toner, a positive voltage is applied to the transfer roller as follows, thereby

returning the toner from the roller to the drum:< Timing >• While initial rotation is executed after the Copy Start key is pressed• Part of the period in which the scanner is moved in reverse• Part of the period in which last rotation is executed

The polarity of the transfer bias is switched by the transfer bias ON signal (serial signal) gener-ated by the DC controller PCB.

In response to the signal, the microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCBcauses the transfer positive DC bias On signal (T_REV_ON*) to go ‘0’, so that the positive compo-nent of the transfer bias (constant current control, + 1.56µA/2.5 kV max.) will be applied to thetransfer roller. (See Table 4-103.)

Page 105: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-11

E. Controlling the Developing/Separation Static Eliminator Bias

1. OutlineThe circuit shown in Figure 4-107 is used to control the voltage applied to the developing

assembly and the separation static eliminator, and has the following functions:• Turning on and off the developing DC bias• Turning on and off the AC bias (turning on and off the static eliminator bias)• Controlling the voltage level of the developing DC bias

Both AC bias and DC bias are applied to the developing cylinder while copies are being made.When the photosensitive drum rotates and yet developing is not under way, about -500 VDC isapplied to the developing cylinder regardless of the position of the density adjusting lever, therebypreventing adhesion of excess toner on the photosensitive drum.

Reference :Developing DC bias : -80 ~ -550VDeveloping AC bias : 1200Vpp ± 10%

Page 106: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-12

Figure 4-107

Main transformer

T101T201

+5V

Photosensitive

drum Developing cylinder

Static eliminator

Static eliminator

bias generation circuit

Developing DC bias detection

circuit

+

DC

bia

s co

ntro

l sig

nal

BIA

S_P

WM

DC

bia

s m

onito

r si

gnal

BIA

S_S

AC

bia

s os

cilla

tion

sign

alA

CB

IAS

Microprocessor (Q900)

Microprocessor (Q101)

Composite power supply PCB

Serial communication

AE sensor PCB

Control panel

DC controller PCB

Density correction

switch (SW101)

J103 -3

J203 -6

-2-7

DV

_DC

_ON

DV

_AC

_ON

AE

sig

nal

Cop

y de

nsity

se

tting

sig

nal

Cop

y de

nsity

co

rrec

tion

sign

al

High-voltage transformer for developing/static eliminator

Page 107: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-13

DC bias ONDC bias ON(- 500V)DC bias OFF

Developing DCON signal(Serial communication)

bit5 bit6– 10 1

0 0

DV_DC_ON(J103-3)

01

1

2. Turning On and Off the DC BiasThe DC bias applied to the developing cylinder is turned on and off by the signal communica-

tion signal and the developing DC bias ON signal (DV_DC_ON) generated by the DC controllerPCB.

When the developing DCON signal (serial signal) and the developing DC bias ON sign(DV_DC_ON) are generated by the DC controller PCB, the microprocessor (Q900) on the com-posite power supply PCB sends the DC bias control signal (BIAS_PWM), thereby applying a DCbias to the developing cylinder.

Table 4-104 Relationship between Developing DC Bias and Signals

3. Turning On and Off the AC BiasThe AC bias is turned on and off by the developing AC bias ON signal (DV_AC_ON) gener-

ated by the DC controller PCB.The DC controller PCB sends the developing AC bias ON signal (DV_AC_ON) to the com-

posite power supply PCB a specific period of time after copy paper has moved past the registrationsensor. The microprocessor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCB generates the AC biasoscillation signal (ACBIAS) so that an AC bias is applied to the developing cylinder.

The AC bias is modified/rectified and then supplied to the static eliminator (static eliminatorbias, about 3.2 kV).

Page 108: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-14

Developing DC biasVoltage supplied tothe scanning lamp

Toner save mode-75V-2V*1

-3V*2

Photo mode+15V-2V*1

-3V*2

Figure 4-108

If the machine is not equipped with a density correction switch (SW101), the image densitychanges in AE mode according to how the density adjusting lever is set.

The machine corrects the level of the developing DC bias and the voltage supplied to thescanning lamp as follows in reference to the setting used for normal copying when toner save modeor photo mode is selected.

SW101

4. Controlling the Voltage Level of the Developing DC BiasThe DC bias control signal (BIAS_PWM) is varied according to the following settings to

change the DC component of the developing bias so as to control the copy density:• Setting of the density adjusting lever (in manual adjustment mode)• Output of the AE sensor (in automatic control mode)• Setting of copy mode (toner save mode, photo mode)• Setting of the density correction switch (SW101)

The density correction switch (SW101) mounted on the DC controller PCB may be set to anyof three levels, enabling correction of foggy images or light images caused as by a change in thesensitivity of the photosensitive drum.

The density correction switch (SW101) affects both manual density adjustment and auto den-sity adjustment (AE).

Table 4-105 Relationship between Copying Mode and Voltage Correction Level

Figures 4-109 through -112 show the changes in the DC bias occurring as a result of changes inthe output of the AE sensor during auto density correction and how the density adjusting lever is setduring manual density adjustment.

*1: 120 V model*2: 220 / 240 V model

Page 109: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-15

Figure 4-111 (Non-SW101) Figure 4-112 (Non-SW101)

Test sheet NewspaperOriginal density

0

-100

-200

-300

-400

-500

Developing bias DC component (V)

AE Mode

F1

F5

F9

1 6.50

-100

-200

-300

-400

-500

Developing bias DC component (V)

Manual Density Mode

3.5 9

Copy density adjusting lever

1 6.50

-100

-200

-300

-400

-500

Developing biasDC component (V)

Position of SW101

Right

Center

Left

Manual Density Mode

3.5 9

Copy density adjusting lever

Test sheet NewspaperOriginal density

0

-100

-200

-300

-400

-500

Developing bias DC component (V)

Position of SW101

Right

Center

Left

AE Mode

Figure 4-109 (SW101) Figure 4-110 (SW101)

Page 110: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-16

Figure 4-113

Scanning lamp

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+5V

+5V

VR102

VR103J601

-3J107

-2

AEREF

AE-2 -3

-+

-+

-+

-+

Photo-sensitive

drum

Developing cylinder

(Q101)

(Q900)

Developing DCON signal

Serial communi-cation

AE sensor

DC controller PCBComposite power supply PCB

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

F. Measuring the Density of Originals

1. OutlineThe machine is equipped with an auto density adjustment (AE) mechanism designed to control

the DC component of the developing bias.The AE mechanism enables production of copies free of fogging as long as the original is more

or less uniform in density by varying the DC component of the developing bias according to thedensity of the original.

Page 111: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-17

Figure 4-115

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR AER SCFW SCFWSCRV LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Scanner / lens drivemotor (M2)

AE signal (AE)

Scanning lamp (LA1)

SCRV

Figure 4-114

68.8mm(approx.)

23.5mm(approx.)

5.8mm(approx.)

37.7mm(approx.)

Middle of original

: Area read by AE sensor

2. OperationsWhen measuring the density of an original, the scanner turns on the scanning lamp, and moves

to a point 115 mm from the home position. At this time, the AE sensor reads the level of lightreflected by the area shown in Figure 4-112, and sends the AE signal (AE) to the DC controllerPCB.

In response, the DC controller PCB sends the developing DCON signal (serial communica-tion) to the composite power supply PCB according to the level of the AE signal. The microproces-sor (Q900) on the composite power supply PCB controls the level of the DC bias applied to thedeveloping cylinder based on the level of this signal.

Page 112: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-18

Figure 4-116

J104 J103

3. AE Adjustment (VR102, VR103)If you have replaced the scanning lamp or the AE sensor PCB, make adjustments as follows:

Operating ProcedureBefore Starting the Work

• Obtain a newspaper showing more or less even print. (Do not use one with many photos orlarge headings.)

• Obtain five sheets of white sheets of paper.• Check to make sure that the intensity of the scanning lamp has been adjusted when you have

replaced the scanning lamp.• Set the density correction switch (SW101) to the middle setting. If the machine is not

equipped with a density correction switch, set the density adjusting lever to the middle set-ting.

1) Short JP103 and JP104 on the DC controller PCB with a screwdriver or the like.

Page 113: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-19

Figure 4-117

5) Place a newspaper on the copyboard, and close the copyboard cover.6) Turn VR102 so that the reading in the indicator is from ‘A3’ to ‘Ad’.

Figure 4-118

VR103

VR102

2) While keeping the condition in step 1), turn on the power switch.• The scanning lamp will turn on, an the main motor (M1) will rotate.

3) Stop shorting JP103 and JP104.4) Turn VR103 on the DC controller PCB fully clockwise.

Page 114: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-20

Figure 4-119

9) Repeat steps 5) through 8) so that the values of both VR102 and VR103 are target values.

Caution:If you cannot set VR102 and VR103 to the target values at the same time, turn VR103 fullycounterclockwise, and go back to step 5) and make adjustments once again.

10) Make a copy, and check to make sure that it is free of fogging and the density of its charactersis good.• If it is foggy or the characters are too light, go back to step 1) and start over.• If no change is noted after re-adjustment, use the density correcting switch (SW101).

Figure 4-120

VR103

SW101

Lighter

Darker

7) Remove the newspaper from the copyboard; in its place, place five blank sheets of copy paper,and close the copyboard cover.

8) Turn VR103 on the DC controller PCB so that the reading of the indicator is from ‘52’ to ‘5c’.

Page 115: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-21

Figure 4-121

Figure 4-122

Reflecting plate

Rear side blanking lamp

Lens shift detecting shaft

Front side blanking lamp

Reflecting plate(front)

A B

Photosensitive drum

Non-image area in Reduce mode

A: Position of the side blanking lamp in Direct and Reduce modeB: Position of the side blanking lamp in Reduce mode

B A

G. Controlling the Side Blanking Mechanism

1. OutlineThe machine is equipped with a side blanking lamp at the front and the rear used to prevent

adhesion of excess toner when making reduced copies.

2. OperationsTo blank out the non-image area in reduce mode, the side blanking lamp is moved in relation to

the distance over which the lens moves as detected by the lens shift detecting shaft.

Page 116: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-22

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

As needed, disassemble/assemble the machine with the following in mind:1. ! Before starting the work, turn off the power switch and disconnect the power plug for

safety.2. Unless otherwise instructed, assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble

it.3. Identify the screws by type (length, diameter) and location.4. Use the washers where necessary. (The screws used to mount the grounding wire and Varis-

tors come with a washer to ensure electrical continuity.)5. As necessary, cut the harnessband.6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its part removed.7. A few of the screws used are special screws (with wider thread intervals). Do not use any

screws indiscriminately.

Page 117: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-23

Figure 4-201

a. Drum Cover ShutterIf exposed to strong light for a long time, the photosensitive drum can develop photo memory,

which can cause white spots or black bands on copies.To prevent photo memory, the machine is equipped with a drum cover shutter. Do not open the

shutter unless absolutely necessary. It is designed to open when the cartridge is fit into the machineand the machine's top unit is closed.

b. Light-Blocking ShutterWhen the cartridge is removed from the machine, light makes its way through the opening used

to expose images. As in the case of the drum cover shutter, the light-blocking shutter is provided toprotect the photosensitive drum from light.

Cleaning blade

Drum cover shutter Developing cylinder

Light-blocking shutterPrimary charging roller

Developing blade

Photosensitive drum

A. Cartridge

1. OutlineThe machine's photosensitive drum, primary charging roller, developing assembly, and cleaner

are housed in a single container referred to as a “cartridge.” (You cannot disassemble the cartridge.)

Page 118: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-24

2. Cleaning the Drum

Caution:As a rule, do not touch or clean the photosensitive drum.

1) Open the machine's top unit, and take out the cartridge.2) Turn over the cartridge, and open the drum cover shutter3) Clean the drum surface with a flannel cloth coated with toner.

Caution:1. If you need to rotate the drum, be sure to rotate it in the direction in which it rotates when

making copies. Otherwise, the leaf spring used to apply a developing bias to the develop-ing cylinder will develop poor contact.

2. If you must clean it, use a flannel cloth. Do not use paper, lint-free or otherwise.3. If exposed to light for an appreciable time, the images will be affected. Be sure to work

briskly.

Reference:If the photosensitive drum is exposed to light of 1500 lux (ordinary lighting) for 5 min andthen is left alone for 5 min in a dark place, it will recover to a level at which it will cause nopractical problem.However, avoid exposing it to direct sunlight. The rays of the sun are usually about 10000 to30000 lux.

Page 119: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-25

Figure 4-202

[1]

[2]

[2]

[3]

B. Transfer ChargingAssembly

1. Removing the Transfer ChargingRoller

1) Open the machine's top unit.2) Remove the screw [1].3) While freeing the claw [2] of the bushing,

detach the transfer charging roller [3].

Caution:Do not touch the surface of the roller. Besure the surface is free of dirt.

Page 120: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)4-26

Figure 4-203

[1]

C. Blank Exposure

1. Removing the Blanking ExposureUnit

1) Set the machine to the maximum ratio(141%) as follows:• Turn on the power, and select a default

ratio of 141%.• Press the Copy Start key.• When the lens has moved to the farthest

left, turn off the power.• Disconnect the power plug.

2) Remove the front lower cover.(See Chapter 7.III.A.2.“Removing theFront Lower Cover.”)

3) Remove the cartridge.4) Remove the DC controller PCB.

(See Chapter 7.III.E.1.“Removing the DCcontroller PCB.”)

5) Remove the composite power supplyPCB.(See Chapter 7.III.E.2.“Removing theComposite Power Supply PCB.”)

6) Remove the two screws [1].

Page 121: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-27

Figure 4-204

Figure 4-205

Figure 4-206

[3]

[4][5]

Lamp PCBs

7) Open the machine’s top unit farther, andhold it in place using the handle of ascrewdriver (about 30 mm in diameter).

8) Remove the four screws [3], and discon-nect the connector [4]; then, detach theblanking exposure unit. [5].

Caution:When mounting the blanking exposureunit, check to make sure that the blank-ing exposure unit PCBs are at the ex-treme ends and that the lens is positionedat the farthest left (141% position).

Page 122: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 123: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 5

PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

This chapter explains the principles used from when copy paper is picked up to whena copy is delivered in view of the functions of electrical and mechanical units and inrelation to their timing of operation. It also shows how these units may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.

I. PICKUP/FEEDING SYSTEM.......5-1A. Outline ...................................5-1B. Controlling the Pickup

Roller .....................................5-3C. Controlling the Movement of

Paper .....................................5-9D. Detecting Jams .................. 5-12

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 5-18

A. Pickup Assembly ................ 5-19B. Multifeeder Assembly ......... 5-28C. Single-feeder Assembly ..... 5-31D. Feeding Assembly .............. 5-33E. Registration Roller

Assembly ............................ 5-34F. Delivery Assembly .............. 5-36

Page 124: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 125: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-1

Table 5-101

NotationPS3

PS4

PS5

Q751

NameDelivery sensor

Vertical path roller paper sensor

Single-feeder paper sensor

Pre-registration roller paper sensor

Remarks

Single-feeder model only

I. PICKUP/FEEDING SYSTEM

A. OutlineThe machine moves paper using a center reference method, in which paper is moved in the

middle of the pickup/feeding path, and is equipped with a cassette, multifeeder, and single-feederas the source of paper.

From the cassette, multifeeder, or single-feeder, copy paper is picked up and is controlled bythe registration roller so that its leading edge will match the leading edge of the image on thephotosensitive drum; it is then moved through the transfer, separation, feeding, and fixing assem-blies to reach the copy tray.

The machine is equipped with four sensors used to monitor the movement of copy paper.

Page 126: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-2

Figure 5-101 (Multifeeder type)

Figure 5-102 (Single-feeder type)

Multifeederpickup roller

Cassettepickup roller

Verticalpath roller

Q751 PS4Staticeliminator

Photosensitivedrum

Holding plate

Cassette

Copy trayFixing assembly

Delivery roller

PS3

DC controller PCB

Registration roller

Del

iver

y pa

per d

etec

tion

sign

al(D

PD

)

Pre

-reg

istr

atio

n ro

ller

pape

rde

tect

ion

sign

al(R

PD

)

Ver

tical

pat

h ro

ller

pape

rde

tect

ion

sign

al(P

DP

)

Single-feederpickuproller

Verticalpath roller

Q751 PS4

PS5

Staticeliminator

Photosensitivedrum

Holding plate

Cassette

Copy tray Fixing assembly

Delivery roller

PS3

DC controller PCB

Registration roller

Del

iver

y pa

per

dete

ctio

n si

gnal

(DP

D)

Pre

-reg

istr

atio

n ro

ller

pape

rde

tect

ion

sign

al(R

PD

)

Ver

tical

pat

h ro

ller

pape

rde

tect

ion

sign

al(P

DP

)

Sin

gle-

feed

er p

aper

dete

ctio

n si

gnal

(SF

PD

)

Cassettepickup roller

Page 127: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-3

B. Controlling the Pickup Roller

1. OutlineThe machine has three types of pickup rollers, i.e., cassette pickup roller, multifeeder pickup

roller, and single-feeder pickup roller, and each of these rollers are operated by the drive of themain motor switched by means of a gear unit. (In other words, only one roller is driven at any onetime.)

2. Controlling the Cassette Pickup RollerThe cassette pickup roller is controlled by a spring clutch, control ring, pickup clutch solenoid

(SL1), and cassette pickup solenoid (SL5).When the pickup clutch solenoid turns on, the claw moves away from the control ring, allow-

ing the drive to move to the pickup gear assembly through the spring clutch. Then, when the cas-sette pickup solenoid turns on, the drive reaches the cassette pickup roller.

When the cassette pickup roller starts to rotate, copy paper is picked up from the cassette and issent as far as the registration roller by way of the vertical path roller. The registration roller controlspaper so that its leading edge will match the leading edge of the image on the photosensitive drum.

Figure 5-103 (Multifeeder type)

M1

SL5

Copy paper

Cassette pickup rollers

Pickup clutch

SL1Arm

DC controller PCB

Cas

sette

pic

kup

sole

noid

driv

e si

gnal

(C

PU

SD

*)

Pic

kup

clut

chso

leno

iddr

ive

sign

al(P

US

LD*)

Spring

Pickup roller

Pickup roller gear

Gear

When SL5 turns on, the spring causesthe pickup roller to rotate slightly,causing the gear and the pickup rollergear to engage.

Page 128: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-4

Figure 5-104 (Single-feeder type)

M1SL1

SL5

Cas

sette

pic

kup

sole

noid

driv

e si

gnal

(C

PU

SD

*)

Pic

kup

clut

ch s

olen

oid

driv

e si

gnal

(P

US

LD*)

DC controller PCB

Copy paper

Pickup clutch

Arm

Cassette pickup rollers

Spring

Pickup roller

Pickup roller gear

Gear

When SL5 turns on, the spring causesthe pickup roller to rotate slightly,causing the gear and the pickup rollergear to engage.

Page 129: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-5

STBY INTR SCFW SCRV LSTR STBY

Copy Start keyON

0.7sec (approx.)

II

I

Cassette pickup solenoid (SL5)

Vertical path roller papersensor (PS4)

Pickup clutch solenoid (SL1)

Main motor (M1)

I : Re-pickup operation is executed if the vertical path roller paper sensor (PS4) does not detectcopy paper within 0.5 sec after the pickup clutch solenoid (SL1) has turned don.

II : The cassette pickup solenoid (SL5) turns on once again about 1.3 sec after the pickup clutchsolenoid (SL1) turns on.

Figure 5-105

3. Re-Pickup (cassette pickup)If the vertical path roller paper sensor (PS4) does not detect copy paper within a specific period

of time after the cassette pickup roller has started to rotate, the pickup roller is rotated once again toexecute pickup operation, thereby ensuring correct pickup (as for recycled paper).

If the vertical path roller paper sensor does not detect copy paper after re-pickup, the machinewill assume the absence of copy paper and will indicate “” in the count/ratio indicator in thecontrol panel. (This mechanism substitutes a paper detecting mechanism.)

Page 130: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-6

Figure 5-106

M1

SL1SL4

Cam gear

Spring clutch

Control ring Lifter

Multifeeder pickup roller

Paper guideplate

Copy paper

DC controller PCB

Mul

tifee

der

pick

upso

leno

id d

rive

sign

al (

MF

SLD

*)

Pic

kup

clut

chso

leno

id d

rive

sign

al (

PU

SLD

*)

Cam gear

Paper guide plate

The cam gear makes a 180˚ turn (approximate), causing the paper guide plate to move up and down.

Claw

Toothless section

4. Controlling the Multifeeder Pickup RollerThe multifeeder pickup roller is controlled by a spring clutch, control ring, pickup clutch sole-

noid (SL1), gear unit, and multifeeder pickup solenoid (SL4).When the multifeeder pickup solenoid (SL4) turns on, the drive of the main motor (M1)

reaches the cam gear. When the cam gear starts to rotate in response, the lifter, which is in contactwith the cam, moves up the gear unit and, at the same time, pushes down the paper guide plate. Thecam gear makes a 180° turn (approximate), and stops at the toothless section.

When the pickup solenoid turns on in this condition, the claw leaves the control ring, and thedrive of the main motor (M1) reaches the multifeeder pickup roller.

When the multifeeder pickup roller rotates, paper is picked up and sent as far as the registrationroller, which controls the paper so that its leading edge will match the leading edge of the image onthe photosensitive drum.

Page 131: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-7

Figure 5-107

M1

DC controller PCB

Pickup clutch

Single-feederpaper sensor

SL1

Single-feeder Pickup roller

Copy paper

Sin

gle-

feed

er p

aper

det

ectio

n si

gnal

(S

FP

D)

PS5

5. Controlling the Single-feeder Pickup RollerThe single-feeder pickup roller is controlled by the pickup clutch solenoid (SL1) and the

single-feeder paper sensor (PS5).When copy paper is inserted into the single-feeder, the single-feeder paper sensor turns on and

the main motor starts to rotate. The drive of the main motor reaches the signal feeder pickup rollerthrough a gear.

When the single-feeder pickup roller starts to rotate, copy paper is picked up from the signalfeeder and is sent as far as the registration roller, which controls the paper so that its leading edgewill match the leading edge of the image on the photosensitive drum.

Page 132: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-8

Figure 5-108

SCRV

Delivery sensor (PS3)

Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor (Q751)

Cassette pickup solenoid (SL5)

Switching to 9-cpm copying speed

Main motor (M1)

SCFW SCRV SCFW SCFWSCRV

I

19th copy

SCRV

I: A switch to 9-cpm copying mode is made after delivering the 19th copy in a continuouscopying job.

6. Controlling the Copying Speed in Multifeeder ModeThe machine does not possess a copy paper width detecting function and, therefore, the tem-

perature of the ends of the fixing assembly increases when copies are made continuously on papernarrower than A4/LTR.

When the multifeeder is used for continuous copying, a delay is initiated after picking up the19th sheet so as to increase the sheet-to-sheet distance for the sheets that follow, controlling thecopying speed to 9 cpm.

If the copying speed is controlled (to 6 cpm) by a mechanism to prevent overheating of thecopyboard, this control will not be executed, and moreover if the temperature of the copyboardincreases during 9-cpm control, 6-cpm control will be initiated.

Page 133: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-9

Figure 5-109

M1

Claw

SL2

DC controller PCB

Reg

istr

atio

n cl

utch

sol

enoi

d dr

ive

sign

al(R

GS

LD*)

Pre-registration roller paper detection signal (RPD)

Pre-registrationroller papersensor(Q751)

Copy paper

Paper detecting leverRegistration rollerControl ring

Spring clutch

C. Controlling the Movement of Paper

1. Controlling the Registration RollerThe registration roller is controlled by a spring clutch, control ring, pre-registration roller paper

sensor (Q751), and registration clutch solenoid (SL2).The microprocessor on the DC controller PCB turns on the registration clutch solenoid at a

specific timing in response to the paper detection signal from the pre-registration roller paper sen-sor. When the registration clutch solenoid turns on, the claw will leave the control ring, and thedrive of the main motor will reach the registration roller to move the copy paper to the photosensi-tive drum.

Page 134: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-10

Figure 5-110

Figure 5-111

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW SCFWSCRV

Forward Reverse

LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Delivery sensor (PS3)

Scanner

SCRV

0.7sec (approx.)

0.1sec (approx.)

0.3sec (approx.)

II

Pickup clutch solenoid (SL1)

Cassette pickup solenoid (SL5)Vertical path rollerpaper sensor (PS4)Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor (Q751)

Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)I

STBY INTR SCFW SCRV LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Single-feeder paper sensor (PS5)

Pre-registration roller paper sensor (Q751)

Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)

Scanner

Delivery sensor (PS3)

Copy paper inON

Forward Reverse

0.3sec (approx)

II

I

2. Pickup/Feeding Timing Charta. Pickup from the Cassette (A4, 2 copies)

b. Pickup from the Single-feeder (A4, 1 copy)

Page 135: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-11

STBY INTR SCFW SCFWSCRV

Forward Reverse

LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Scanner

Delivery sensor (PS3)

SCRV

0.7sec (approx.)

0.1sec(approx.)1sec

Copy Start keyON

I

II

0.3sec (approx.)

Multifeeder pickup solenoid (SL4)

Pickup clutch solenoid (SL1)Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor (Q751)

Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)

I : Varied by value under ‘30’ of service mode (registration adjustment).II : Used for measuring the length of copy paper.

length of copy paper (mm) = 96 (mm/s) × II (s) + 11 (mm) -10 (mm)96 (mm/s) : speed at which copy paper is moved.11 (mm) : distance between pre-registration roller paper sensor and registration roller.10 (mm) : length of actuator of the pre-registration roller paper sensor.

Figure 5-112

c. Pickup from the Multifeeder (A4, 2 copies)

Page 136: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-12

Figure 5-113 (Multifeeder type)

Figure 5-114 (Single-feeder type)

Multifeeder pickup roller

Cassette pickuproller

Verticalpath roller

Q751 PS4

Photosensitive drum

Cassette

Fixing assembly

Delivery roller

PS3

Registration roller

Single-feederpickup roller

Cassette pickuproller

Verticalpath roller

Q751 PS4

PS5Photosensitive drum

Cassette

Fixing assembly

Delivery roller

PS3

Registration roller

D. Detecting JamsThe machine is equipped with four paper sensors used to find out the presence/absence of copy

paper and whether copy paper is moving properly.• Vertical path roller paper sensor (PS4)• Single-feeder paper sensor (PS5)• Pre-registration roller paper sensor (Q751)• Delivery sensor (PS3)The presence/absence of a jam is checked with reference to the presence/absence of paper over

a specific sensor at such times as programmed in the microprocessor.The machine is not equipped with a function which remembers the remaining number of cop-

ies to make at time of a jam and the selected copying mode; in other words, it will be reset tostandard mode when it is opened and closed for the removal of the jam.

The microprocessor possesses the following eight types of no paper/jam detection sequence; ifany of its sensors detects copy paper at power-on, the machine will identify the condition as a jam.

Page 137: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-13

1. Multifeeder Pickup Assembly (no paper, pickup delay jam)If copy paper does not reach the pre-registration roller paper sensor within a specific period of

time in multifeeder mode, the condition will be identified as the absence of paper; the machine willstop the main motor in about 1.5 sec, and indicate the Add Paper message.

If the pre-registration roller paper sensor detects copy paper during this 1.5 sec period (ap-proximate), the machine will identify the condition as a pickup delay jam, and flash the Jam indica-tor.

Figure 5-115 (normal)

Figure 5-116 (no paper)

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW

Pickup clutch solenoid (SL1)

Jam checkPre-registration roller paper sensor (Q751)

Main motor (M1)

2.6sec

Normal

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW

Pickup clutch solenoid (SL1)

Jam checkPre-registration roller paper sensor (Q751)

Main motor (M1)

2.6sec

No paper

P indication

1.5sec

Page 138: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-14

Figure 5-118

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW

No paper

Cassette pickup solenoid (SL5)

Jam check

Main motor (M1)

Vertical path rollerpaper sensor (PS4)

1.2sec 1.2sec

1.5sec

1.2sec

P indication

Re-pickup

Normal

Figure 5-117 (jam)

2. Absence of Paper in the Cassette Pickup AssemblyWhen re-pickup operation is executed (from the cassette) , the absence of paper will be identi-

fied if copy paper doesnot reach the vertical path roller paper sensor within a specific period oftime. In responce, the machine will stop the main motor in about 1.5 sec, and indicate the AddPaper message.

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW

Pickup clutch solenoid (SL1)

Jam checkPre-registration roller paper sensor (Q751)

Main motor (M1)

2.6sec

Jam

1.5sec

No paper

indication

Page 139: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-15

Figure 5-119

4. Vertical Path Stationary JamIf copy paper fails to move past the vertical path roller paper sensor within a specific period of

time because of faulty feeding, the machine will identify the condition as a vertical path stationaryjam, stop the operation, and flash the Jam indicator.

Copy paper inserted

STBY INTR SCFW

Single-feeder paper sensor (PS5)

Jam checkPre-registration roller paper sensor (Q751)

Main motor (M1)

5.1 sec

Jam

1.5 sec

3. Single-feeder Pickup Delay JamAfter being detected by the single-feeder paper sensor, if copy paper does not reach the pre-

registration roller sensor within a specific period of time, the machine will identify the condition asa single feed pickup delay jam, stop the operation immediately, and flash the Jam indicator.

Figure 5-120

SCRV SCFW SCRV

Cassette pickup solenoid (SL5)

Jam check

Main motor (M1)

Vertical path rollerpaper sensor (PS4)

1.5sec

Normal

0.5sec

Jam

0.5sec

indication

Page 140: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-16

Figure 5-122

Figure 5-121

6. Registration Paper Stationary JamIf copy paper does not move past the pre-registration roller paper sensor within a specific

period of time because of feeding faults, the machine will identify the condition as a registrationpaper stationary jam, stop the operation immediately, and flash the Jam indicator.

SCRV SCFW SCRV

Vertical path rollerpaper sensor (PS4)

Jam check

Main motor (M1)

Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor (Q751)

1.5sec

Jam

2.6sec

Normal

2.6sec

indication

5. Registration Paper Delay JamAfter reaching the vertical path roller paper sensor, if copy paper fails to reach the pre-registra-

tion roller paper sensor within a specific period of time, the machine will identify the condition asa registration paper delay jam, stop the operation immediately, and flash the Jam indicator.

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW SCRV SCFW

Jam

Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)

Jam check

Main motor (M1)

Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor (Q751)

1.5sec

4.6sec

Normal

4.6sec

indication

Page 141: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-17

Figure 5-123

8. Delivery Stationary JamIf copy paper does not move past the delivery sensor within a specific period of time because of

feeding faults, the machine will identify the condition as a delivery stationary jam, stop the opera-tion immediately, and flash the Jam indicator.

Copy Start keyON

STBY INTR SCFW

Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)

Jam check

Delivery sensor (PS3)

Main motor (M1)

4.1sec

normal

SCRV SCFW

4.1sec

indication

Jam

1.5sec

7. Delivery Delay JamIf copy paper does not reach the delivery sensor within a specific period of time because of

feeding faults, the machine will identify the condition as a delivery delay jam, stop the operationimmediately, and flash the Jam indicator.

Figure 5-124

SCFW

Jam check

Delivery sensor (PS3)

Main motor (M1)

4.1sec

SCRV SCFW

4.1sec

SCRV SCFW

Normal

indication

Jam

1.5sec

Page 142: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-18

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

As needed, disassemble/assemble the machine with the following in mind:1. ! Before starting the work, turn off the power switch and disconnect the power plug for

safety.2. Unless otherwise instructed, assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble

it.3. Identify the screws by type (length, diameter) and location.4. Use the washers where necessary. (The screws used to mount the grounding wire and Varis-

tors come with a washer to ensure electrical continuity.)5. As necessary, cut the harnessband.6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its part removed.7. A few of the screws used are special screws (with wider thread intervals). Do not use any

screws indiscriminately.

Page 143: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-19

Figure 5-201

Figure 5-202

[1]

[2][3]

A. Pickup Assembly

1. Removing the Pickup Roller1) Pull out the cassette.2) Remove the front lower cover.

(See Chapter 7.III.A.2.“Removing theFront Lower Cover.”)

3) Open the machines' top unit farther, andhold it in place with the handle of a screw-driver (about 30 mm in diameter).

4) Remove the screw [1], and free the twoclaws [2]; then, detach the feeding assem-bly cover [3].

Page 144: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-20

Figure 5-203

Figure 5-204

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[9]

[8]

5) While pulling the guide plate [4] of thecassette pickup solenoid in the directionof the arrow, turn the gear [5] slightly inthe direction of the arrow to disengage theguide plate [4] and the gear [6].

6) While pulling the plunger [7] of thepickup solenoid, turn the gear [8] in thedirection of the arrow so that the pickuproller [9] is oriented as shown.

Page 145: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-21

Figure 5-205

Figure 5-206

Hex wrench

[10]

Pickup roller shaft[11]

Pickup gear unit

7) Using a hex wrench or the like, push thehook [10] of the pickup roller through thehole to remove the pickup roller [11].

Caution:When removing the pickup roller, besure to push the claw while holding theshaft in place so as to prevent the pickuproller shaft from freeing itself.

Caution:When mounting the multifeeder unit,perform the next steps first:1) Turn on the power switch; then, se-

lect the multifeeder, and press theCopy Start key.

2) When the pickup gear unit has movedup as far as it can, turn off the powerswitch.

3) Mount the multifeeder; then, make acopy using the multifeeder.

Page 146: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-22

Figure 5-207

Figure 5-208

[1]

[2]

[3]

2. Removing the Pickup Clutch2.1 Removing the Pickup Clutch (single-

feeder type)1) Remove the front lower cover.

(See Chapter 7.III.A.2.“Removing theFront Lower Cover.”)

2) Remove the registration roller unit.(See E.1.“Removing the RegistrationRoller Unit.”)

3) Open the machine’s top unit, and hold it inplace using the handle of a screwdriver(about 30 mm in diameter).

4) Disconnect the connector [1], and removethe screw [2]; then, detach the solenoidunit [3].

Page 147: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-23

Figure 5-209

Figure 5-210

Figure 5-211

[5]

[6]

[5][4]

[8]

[7]

[6]

[9]

[10]

[11]

5) Remove the screw [4] and the two claws[5], and detach the gear unit [6].

6) Free the claw [7] of the gear unit [6], anddetach the clutch unit [8].

7) Remove the E-ring [9] and the washer[10], and detach the pickup clutch [11].

Page 148: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-24

Figure 5-212

Figure 5-213

[1]

[2]

[3]

2.2 Removing the Pickup Clutch(multifeeder type)

1) Remove the front lower cover.(See Chapter 7.III.A.2.“Removing theFront Lower Cover.”)

2) Remove the registration roller unit.(See E.1.“Removing the RegistrationRoller Unit.”)

3) Open the machine’s top unit farther, andhold it in place with the handle of a screw-driver (about 30 mm in diameter).

4) Disconnect the two connectors [1], andremove the two screws [2] then, detachthe solenoid unit [3].

Page 149: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-25

Figure 5-214

Figure 5-215

[4] [4][5]

[6]

[7]

5) While freeing the two claws [4], removethe pickup clutch unit [5].

6) Remove the E-ring [6], and detach thepickup clutch [7].

Page 150: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-26

Figure 5-216

Figure 5-217

[1]

[2][3]

3. Removing the Vertical Path Roller1) Remove the front lower cover.

(See Chapter 7.III.A.2.“Removing theFront Lower Cover.”)

2) Open the machine’s top unit farther, andhold it using the handle of a screwdriver(about 30 mm in diameter).

3) Remove the screw [1], and free the twoclaws [2]; then, detach the feeding assem-bly cover [3].

Page 151: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-27

Figure 5-218

[4]

[5]4) While lifting the sensor lever [4], removethe vertical path roller [5].

Page 152: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-28

Figure 5-219

Figure 5-220

[1]

[2]

[1]

Pickupgear unit

B. Multifeeder Assembly

1. Removing the Multifeeder Unit1) Open the right door.2) Remove the two screws [1], and detach

the multifeeder unit [2].

Caution:When mounting the multifeeder unit,perform the following first:1) Turn on the power switch; then, se-

lect the multifeeder, and press theCopy Start key.

2) When the pickup gear unit has movedas far as it can, turn off the powerswitch.

3) Mount the multifeeder unit; then,make a copy using the multifeeder.

Page 153: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-29

Figure 5-221

Figure 5-222

Figure 5-223

[2] [1] [1] [3]

[4]

[6][5]

2. Removing the Multifeeder PickupRoller

1) Remove the multifeeder unit.(See 1. “Removing the MultifeederUnit.”)

2) Free the claw [1], and remove the gear [2]and the bushing [3].

3) Remove the multifeeder pickup roller unit[4].

4) While freeing the claw [5], detach themultifeeder pickup roller [6].

Page 154: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-30

Figure 5-224

Figure 5-225

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4] [5]

[5]

3. Removing the Separation Pad1) Remove the multifeeder pickup roller to-

gether with its shaft.(See 2. “Removing the MultifeederPickup Roller.”)

2) Remove the multifeeder tray.3) Slide the side guide [1] to the inside about

3 cm, and free the two claws [2]; then, de-tach the holding plate [3].

4) Push up the separation pad [4], and pull itout by pushing the shaft [5] toward the in-side.

Page 155: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-31

Figure 5-226

[1]

[2]

[1]

C. Single-feeder Assembly

1. Removing the Single-feeder Unit1) Open the right door.2) Remove the two screws [1], and remove

the single-feeder unit [2].

Figure 5-227

Figure 5-228

2. Removing the Single-feederPickup Roller

1) Remove the single-feeder unit.(See 1. “Removing the Single-feederUnit.”)

2) Push up the stopper lever [1], and movethe gear [2] of the single-feeder pickuproller assembly in the direction of the ar-row.

3) Remove the single-feeder pickup rollerassembly [4] together with the paperguide plate [3].

[1] [2]

[4][3]

Page 156: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-32

Figure 5-229

[3]

[5]

[6]4) Free the claw [5] of the paper guide plate[3], and remove the single-feeder pickuproller [6].

Page 157: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-33

Figure 5-230

Figure 5-231

[2]

[1]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3][3]

[4]

[4]

[4] [4]

[5]

[5][5]

D. Feeding Assembly

1. Detaching the Feed Belt1) Open the machine’s top unit.2) Push down the stopper [1], and remove

the gear [2].

3) While freeing the claw [3], detach the fourshafts [4]; then, detach the feed belt [5].

Page 158: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-34

Figure 5-233

[3]

[2]

[2]

Figure 5-232

[1]

[1]

E. Registration RollerAssembly

1. Removing the Registration RollerUnit

1) Open the machine’s top unit.2) Remove the spring [1] (front, rear).

3) Remove the two bushings [2] and removethe registration roller lower unit [3].

Page 159: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-35

Figure 5-234

Figure 5-235

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

2. Removing the Registration RollerClutch

1) Remove the registration roller unit.(See 1. “Removing the RegistrationRoller Unit.”)

2) Remove the bushing [1] and the E-ring[2].

3) While shifting down the registration roller[3], detach it from the gear unit [4].

Figure 5-236

4) Remove the E-ring [5], and detach theregistration roller clutch [6].

Caution:The clutch has a pin. Take care not tolose it when removing the clutch.

[5]

[6]

Page 160: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)5-36

Figure 5-237

Figure 5-238

[1]

[3][3]

[2]

[4]

[5]

[6]

F. Delivery Assembly

1. Removing the Delivery Roller1) Remove the fixing lower roller.

(See Chapter 6.II.A.3.“Removing the Fix-ing Lower Roller.”)

2) Remove the two screws [1], and detachthe side plate [2] and the four gears [3].

3) Remove the screw [4], and free the twohooks [5]; then, detach the sensor holder[6].

Page 161: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-37

Figure 5-239

Figure 5-240

4) Remove the two bushings [7].

5) While shifting the delivery lower guide[8] toward the rear, detach the deliveryroller [9].

[7]

[8]

[9]

Page 162: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 163: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 6

FIXING SYSTEM

This chapter explains the principles used to fuse toner images to transfer medium inview of the functions of electrical and mechanical units and in relation to their timing ofoperation. It also shows how these units may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.

I. OPERATIONS ..............................6-1A. Outline ...................................6-1B. Controlling the Fixing

Temperature ..........................6-3

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 6-10A. Fixing Assembly ................. 6-11

Page 164: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 165: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-1

Table 6-101

ItemFixing method

Fixing drive

Fixing heater

Fixing temperaturedetection

Cleaner

Protective functions

Error code

DescriptionSURF

Main Motor (M1)

Flat heater

Thermistor (TH1)

Cleaning roller

The following are used to detect and protect againstan error; upon detection, power to the fixing heaterwill be cut:• Thermistor (TH1)• Thermal fuse (FU2; activating at 228°C)

E000 The fixing temperature fails to increase.E001 The thermistor has detected overheating.E002 Fault in fixing power control.E003 The fixing temperature has dropped

abnormally.

I. OPERATIONS

A. Outline

The major functions of the fixing unit are as follows:

Page 166: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)6-2

Figure 6-101

Figure 6-102

Cleaning roller

Fixing lower roller

Fixing thermistor (TH1)

Thermal fuse 2 (FU2) Fixing film

Fixing heater (H1)

M1

Fix

ing

ther

mis

tor

sign

al (

TH

1)

DC controller PCB

Composite power supply PCB

Main motor

Fixing lower roller

Cleaning roller

Fixing film

Fixing heater (H1)

Thermal fuse 2 (FU2)

Fixing thermistor (TH1)

Page 167: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-3

B. Controlling the Fixing Temperature

1. OutlineThe fixing lower roller of the fixing assembly is driven by the main motor (M1). When the

fixing lower roller rotates, the film of the fixing upper unit starts to rotate in conjunction.The fixing film is heated by the fixing heater (H1), which is a flat heater mounted in contact

with the inner side of the film. The fixing heater is equipped with a thermistor (TH1), which sendsthe fixing thermistor signal (TH1) to the microprocessor (Q101) on the DC controller PCB; inresponse, the microprocessor controls the fixing heater duty signal (HEAT_PWM) to vary thepower supplied to the heater by way of controlling the temperature of the fixing heater.

Figure 6-103

DC controller PCB

HEAT_TRG

HEAT_OFFMicro-

processor

+5V

Auxiliarypower supply

+5V

RelayRL601

Thermalfuse 2

Fixing heater hightemperature

error detection circuitTH1

HEAT_ERR*

(Q101)

Timercircuit

RLOFF*

Fixing heaterdrive signal

Fixing heatererror signal

Fixing heaterOFF signal

HEAT_PWM

Fixing heaterduty signal

FU2

Relaydrive signal

Fixingthermistor

Fixing heaterH1

Composite powersupply PCB

E0_DT

E0 detection signal

C12

3 +

Page 168: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)6-4

2. Controlling the Temperature of the Fixing HeaterThe temperature of the fixing heater is switched according to the following two parameters:• Temperature of the fixing heater when the Copy Start key is pressed.• Number of copies to make in continuous copying mode

Table 6-102 shows the temperature of the fixing heater when the Copy Start key is pressed (asdetected by the thermistor TH1) and the temperatures to which the fixing heater is controlled ac-cording to the number of copies made in continuous mode.

Page 169: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-5

Heater temperature when the CopyStart key is pressedLess than 100°C

100°C or more and less than 120°C

120°C or more

Number of copies

12 ~ 9

10 ~ 2930 ~ 3940 ~ 4950 ~ 59

60 ~1 ~ 9

10 ~ 1920 ~ 2930 ~ 39

40 ~1 ~ 9

10 ~ 1920 ~

Control temperature (°C)

200195190185180175170190186180175170180175170

1

2

3

Figure 6-104

Power switchON

Copy Start keyON

Copy Start keyON Copying end

STBY STBY CopyingCopying STBY

Main motor (M1)

Fixing heater (H1)

Number of Copies in Continuous Copying Mode after a Press on the Copy Start Key

Controlling theTemperature ofthe Fixing Heater( C)

200

195

190

185

180

Copying end

1 10 30 40 1 11 21

120

100

Table 6-102

Page 170: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)6-6

Figure 6-106

Figure 6-105

4. Correcting the Variation in the Resistance of the Fixing HeaterThe characteristics of the flat heater used as the fixing heater vary from heater to heater because

the production method. A discrepancy in resistance, if left alone, will not enable correct control ofthe fixing heater.

The machine makes correction in relation to the selected level of resistance (from three set-tings), and corrects it basd on the readings obtained by the microprocessor.

Caution:The level of resistance of the fixing heater is selected by an appropriate combination of thejumper wires connected to the connector of the fixing thermistor (TH1) and the deliverysensor (PS3).The best level is selected at the factory when the fixing assembly is assembled. Do not changethe combination of jumper wires.

HEAT_PWM

Power supplied to the heater

3. Controlling the Temperature Supplied to the Fixing HeaterThe temperature of the fixing heater is controlled by controlling the power supplied to the

fixing heater, and the power to the fixing heater is controlled using a phase control method.The microprocessor on the DC controller PCB controls the timing at which the fixing heater

duty signal (HEAT_PWM) is generated so that power suited to the target temperature of the fixingheater may be supplied (phase control).

Page 171: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-7

Figure 6-107

5. Controlling the Power Supplied to the Fixing Heater between SheetsWhen the copying speed is controlled to 6 cpm to prevent overheating of the copyboard, the

temperature of the fixing lower roller tends to increase because of the increased sheet-to-sheetdistance. To prevent possible problems, power to the fixing heater is stopped between sheets whenthe copying speed is controlled to 6 cpm.

Switching to 6-cpm copying speed

SCRV SCFW SCRV LSTR STBY

Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)

Fixing heater (H1)

Scanner

Delivery sensor (PS3)

Main motor (M1)

Forward Reverse

SCFW SCRV

Heater ON

Heater OFF

Page 172: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)6-8

6. Protective FunctionsThe machine is equipped with the following protective functions to prevent malfunction of the

fixing heater.a. Thermistor (TH1)

The microprocessor on the DC controller PCB monitors the voltage of the thermistor (TH1); ifan abnormally high or low temperature is detected, the microprocessor sends the fixing heater errorsignal (HEAT_ERR*) to the timer circuit and, at the same time, indicate an error code (E000through E003).

In response, the timer circuit sends the relay drive signal (RLOFF*) to the auxiliary powersupply in about 1.2 sec after it hs received the fixing heater error signal (HEAT_ERR*).

The auxiliary power supply turns off the relay (RL601) to turn off the power. Then, the data of‘E0’ (associated with the heater) is retained so as to indicate ‘E0’ when the power is turned on thenext time.

‘E0’ is backed up for about 5 min. After ‘E000’ through ‘E003’ is indicated in the control paneland the power is turned off, the machine will indicate ‘E0’ in the control panel if the power switchis turned on within 5 min, not recognizing a press on the Copy Start key. If the Copy Start key ispressed after about 5 min, however, a press on the Copy Start key will be recognized.

If an error is detected in relation to the heater during copying operation, the machine willindicate ‘E000’ through ‘E003’ in the control panel once again and turn off the power.

Related Error Code

E000• The temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1) is not 65°C in 1.5 sec after the Copy

Start key is pressed.• The temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1) is not 150°C in 4 sec after the Copy

Start key is pressed.

E001• The temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1) is 230°C or more.• The temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1) is higher than the control temperature

by 30°C or more.• The thermistor (TH1) has detected an increase in temperature of 100°C or more in 1 sec.• The thermistor (TH1) has detected an increase in temperature of 40°C or more after it

detected 100°C in standby state.• E0 detection signal (E0_DT) has been detected twice in succession.

E002The temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1) is 150°C or higher and, thereafter, maxi-mum power has been supplied to the fixing heater for 10 to 14 sec during copying operation.

E003The temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1) is 160°C and then 150°C or lower duringcopying operation.

Page 173: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-9

b. Thermal Fuse (FU2)If the temperature around the thermal fuse exceeds 228°C and remains so for a specific period

of time, the thermal fuse will blow to cut the power to the fixing heater.

Page 174: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)6-10

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

As needed, disassemble/assemble the machine with the following in mind:1. ! Before starting the work, turn off the power switch and disconnect the power plug for

safety.2. Unless otherwise instructed, assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble

it.3. Identify the screws by type (length, diameter) and location.4. Use the washers where necessary. (The screws used to mount the grounding wire and Varis-

tors come with a washer to ensure electrical continuity.)5. As necessary, cut the harness band.6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its part removed.7. A few of the screws used are special screws (with wider thread intervals). Do not use any

screws indiscriminately.

Page 175: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-11

Figure 6-201

Figure 6-202

[5] [4] [3]

[1] [2]

[2]

[3]

[1]

[1] Fixing heater[2] Fixing film[3] Inlet guide

[4] Fixing lower roller[5] Cleaning roller

A. Fixing Assembly

1. ConstructionCaution:

1. The fixing film is made from a spe-cial material. Do not touch it or sub-ject it to dust.

2. The machine does not have a mecha-nism used to adjust the roller pres-sure.

2. Removing the Fixing Assembly1) Remove the front lower cover.

(See Chapter 7.III.A.2.“Removing theFront Lower Cover.”)

2) Remove the screw [1], and free the twohooks [2]; then, detach the power supplycover [3].

Page 176: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)6-12

Figure 6-203

Figure 6-204

[5]

[4]

[8]

[6]

[7]

3) Remove the screw [4], and disconnect theconnector [5].

4) Remove the two screws [6], and discon-nect the connector [7]; then, detach thefixing assembly [8] by turning it in the di-rection of the arrow.

Page 177: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-13

Figure 6-205

Figure 6-206

[1]

[2]

[2]

[3]

[5]

[4]

3. Removing the Fixing Lower Roller1) Remove the fixing assembly.

(See 2. “Removing the Fixing Assem-bly.”)

2) Remove the two screws [1], and free thetwo hooks [2]; then, detach the fixing up-per stay [3] by turning it in the direction ofthe arrow.

3) Detach the harness band [4] from the sideplate, and remove the fixing upper unit[5].

Caution:Do not disassemble the fixing film andthe fixing heater. They cannot be re-placed on their own.

Page 178: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)6-14

4. Removing the Cleaning Roller1) Remove the fixing lower roller.

(See 3. “Removing the Fixing LowerRoller.”)

2) Remove the cleaning roller [1] togetherwith the bushing.

Figure 6-208

[1]

Figure 6-207

[6]4) Remove the fixing lower roller [6] to-gether with the gear.

Page 179: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 7

EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

This chapter shows the machine's external parts, and explains the principles used forthe machine's various control mechanisms in view of the functions of electrical andmechanical units and in relation to their timing of operation. It also shows how these unitsmay be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.

I. FANS ............................................7-1II. POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM .........7-3

A. Outline of the Power SupplySystem ..................................7-3

B. Power Supply Circuit .............7-4C. Detecting an Error on

the Composite Power SupplyPCB .......................................7-6

D. Protecting the Power SupplyCircuit ....................................7-6

III. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ........7-7A. External Covers .....................7-8B. Control Panel...................... 7-15C. Copyboard Glass ............... 7-16D. Main Motor/Main Drive

Assembly ............................ 7-17E. Electrical System ............... 7-21

Page 180: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 181: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-1

Figure 7-101

Heat exhausting fan

FM1

I. FANS

The machine is equipped with two fans serving to discharge ozone or cool its inside.The heat exhaust fan is driven directly by the main motor (M1; through a belt and a gear), and

is designed to rotate at all times while the main motor is rotating.

Page 182: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-2

Figure 7-102

I: If 6-cpm copying speed control is executed starting with the first copy, the fan will rotate.

STBY INTR SCFW

Forward

SCFWSCRV

Reverse

LSTR STBY

Main motor (M1)

Scanner cooling fan (FM1)

Scanner

Heat exhausting fan

I

SCRV

Power switchON

Copy Start keyON

The scanner cooling fan (FM1) is turned on and off according to the temperature detected bythe scanner thermistor (TH2).

If the reading by the thermistor is 37.5°C or higher and the copying speed reaches 6 cpm, thefan starts to rotate. If the reading is lower than 37.5°C, on the other hand, the fan will not rotate ifno more than one copy is made or while making the first copy of a continuous copying job. (Itrotates when making the second and subsequent copies of a continuous copying job.)

Page 183: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-3

Figure 7-201

Power plug

DS1Composite power supply circuit

Noise filter circuit

Door switch

RelayRL601

FU102

Trans-former

T600

Auxiliary power supply circuit

+5V

Micro-processor

(Q900)

Main transformer

T101

Fixing heater control circuit

DC power supply circuit

Scanning lamp

control circuit

High-voltage power supply circuit

+24VR

+24VU

+5V

+5V

+24VR

+24VU

+24VU

+24VU

Control panel

AE sensor

+5VSensorTo ADF

Solenoid

Scanner/lens drive motor (M2)

Blanking lamp

+24VU

+24VU

Scanner cooling fan

M1Main motor/main motor driver PCB

Fixing heater

Primary charging roller

Scanning lamp

Developing roller

Transfer roller

Static eliminator

DCcontroller

PCB

II. POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

A. Outline of the Power Supply System

Page 184: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-4

B. Power Supply Circuit

The machine’s power supply consists of a composite power supply circuit in which a DCpower supply, scanning lamp power supply, and high-voltage power supply are integrated on asingle board. It also possesses a microprocessor for exchanges of various data with the machine'sDC controller PCB.

The machine’s power switch is a soft switch, and the machine is equipped with an auxiliarypower supply used to operate the switch. The auxiliary power supply provides the microprocessor(Q900) with +5 V as long as the door switch (DS1) remains on.

AC power is supplied to the DC power supply when the power switch on the control panel isturned on. In response, the DC power supply provides the DC controller PCB with +5 V, +24 VR,and +24 VU.

When the power switch is turned off, the power to the DC controller PCB is cut off. To back itup against ‘E000’, ‘E001’, ‘E002’, and ‘E003’, the machine is equipped with a DC capacitor as partof the DC controller circuit.

When ‘E000’, ‘E001’, ‘E002’, or ‘E003’ occurs, the capacitor (C123) collects electric charge;if charge exists in the capacitor while the power switch is on, the machine indicates ‘E0’ on thecontrol panel to indicate that an error related to the fixing heater has occurred.

Note:The backup capacitor (C123) retains electric charge for about 5 min after the power switch isturned off.

Reference:The tolerances in DC voltage are as follows:• +5 V ±5%• +24 VR ±5%• +24 VU -10.0%, +12.5%For +24 VR, two types of voltage are used:• During copying, +24 V ±5%• During standby, +18 V ±10%

However, the above assume that the deviations in AC input are -15%, +10%.

Page 185: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-5

Figure 7-202

Door switchDS1

Auxiliary power supply

RelayRL601

FU102

+5V

Microprocessor (Q900)

C123

Power switchSW309

Control panel DC controller PCB Power supply

Main transfor-

merT101

DC power supply

+5V+24VR+24VU

+

Page 186: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-6

C. Detecting an Error on the Composite Power Supply PCB

The machine’s composite power supply PCB is equipped with a self diagnostic function tocheck each power output and the communication with the DC controller PCB using the micropro-cessor (Q900) mounted on it.

If any of the following errors occurs, the microprocessor will exchange signals with the DCcontroller PCB, and will indicate the result of self diagnosis on the control panel.

1. Detecting an Over-Current in the Low-Voltage SystemIf an over-current is detected because of a fault in a DC load, the composite power supply PCB

will turn off the relay (RL601) to cut the AC input.

2. Detecting a Fault in the High-Voltage Control ValueIf a deviation is found between the setting value and the actual value is detected in any of the

following voltages, the composite power supply will indicate ‘E064’ on the control panel.• Primary charging DC bias• Developing DC bias• Transfer bias

3. Detecting a Fault in the Low-Voltage Control ValueIf a deviation is detected between the setting value and the actual control value in +24 V (DC

output), the composite power supply PCB will indicate ‘E803’ on the control panel.

4. Fault in the Communication with the DC ControllerIf the DC controller PCB detects a fault in the communication with the composite power sup-

ply PCB, ‘E240’ will be indicated on the control panel for about 4 sec, and then the relay (RL601)will be turned off to cut the AC input.

D. Protecting the Power Supply Circuit

The composite power supply PCB is equipped with an over-current detection function whichturns on a protective mechanism to stop output if a load suffers a short-circuit.

If the output has stopped, it may be reset by opening the machine’s top unit, correcting the load,and then turning the power switch back on.

Keep in mind, however, that repeated short-circuiting and resetting can blow the fuse (FU102).

Page 187: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-7

III. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

As needed, disassemble/assemble the machine with the following in mind:1. ! Before starting the work, turn off the power switch and disconnect the power plug for

safety.2. Unless otherwise instructed, assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble

it.3. Identify the screws by type (length, diameter) and location.4. Use the washers where necessary. (The screws used to mount the grounding wire and Varis-

tors come with a washer to ensure electrical continuity.)5. As necessary, cut the harness band.6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its part removed.7. A few of the screws used are special screws (with wider thread intervals). Do not use any

screws indiscriminately.

Page 188: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-8

Figure 7-301 (Copyboard type)

[2]

[1]

[3]

[6]

[4]

[5]

[7]

[1] Copyboard cover[2] Top cover[3] Control panel[4] Front lower cover

[5] Cassette[6] Front upper cover[7] Left cover

A. External Covers

For instructions on how to remove theADF, see Chapter 8.

Page 189: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-9

Figure 7-303

Figure 7-302 (ADF type)

[1] ADF[2] Top cover[3] Control panel[4] Front lower cover

[5] Cassette[6] Front upper cover[7] Left cover

[2]

[1]

[3]

[6]

[4]

[5]

[7]

[1]

[3]

[2]

[1] Rear cover[2] Right door[3] Multifeeder unit

Note:Remove the covers as necessary whencleaning, inspecting, or repairing the in-side of the machine.Those covers that may be detached fromtheir own by mere removal of mountingscrews are omitted from the discussions.

Page 190: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-10

Figure 7-304

Figure 7-305

[1]

[1]

[2]

[3] [3][4]

1. Removing the Top Cover1) Remove the copyboard cover or the ADF.2) Open the machine’s top unit.3) Remove the two screws [1], and detach

the front upper cover [2].

Caution:A flexible cable for the control panel isconnected to the front upper cover. Dis-connect the cable from the DC control-ler.

4) Free the two claws [3], and slide the leftcover [4] to detach.

Page 191: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-11

Figure 7-306

Figure 7-307

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

[9]

5) Remove the screw [5], and free the fourclaws [6]; then, detach the rear cover [7].

6) Remove the screw [8], and detach thecopyboard cover foot retainer [9].

Page 192: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-12

Figure 7-308

[10]

[11]

[10]

7) Free the two claw [10]; then lift the topcover [11] to detach.

Page 193: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-13

Figure 7-309

[1]

[2]

[1]

[3]

[3]

[4]

Figure 7-310

2. Removing the Front Lower Cover1) Open the right door.2) Remove the two screws [1], and detach

the multifeeder unit [2] (or the single-feeder unit).

3) Open the machine’s top unit.4) Remove the two screws [3], and detach

the front upper cover [4].

Caution:A flexible cable for the control panel isconnected to the front upper cover. Dis-connect the cable from the DC control-ler.

Page 194: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-14

Figure 7-312

Figure 7-313

[6]

[6]

[7]

Pickup gear unit

Figure 7-311

[5]5) Remove the two screws [5] from thescrew plate found at the bottom of the ma-chine.

6) While freeing the five claws [6], detachthe front lower cover [7].

Caution:When mounting the multifeeder unit, besure to perform the following first:1) Turn on the power switch; then, se-

lect the multifeeder as the source ofpaper, and press the Copy Start key.

2) When the pickup gear unit assemblyhas moved to its upper limit, turn offthe power switch.

3) Mount the multifeeder, and make onecopy using it as the source of paper.

Page 195: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-15

Figure 7-314

Figure 7-315

[1]

[1]

[2]

[4]

Lighter Darker

Auto ExposureManual Exposure

PhotoTimer Saver

Move to the right

[5]

[6]

[3]

[7]

B. Control Panel

1. Removing the Control Panel1) Open the machine’s top unit.2) Remove the two screws [1], and detach

the front upper cover [2].

Caution:A flexible cable for the control panel isconnected to the front upper cover. Dis-connect the cable from the DC control-ler.

3) Free the claw [3], and remove the powersupply switch assembly [4]. Move thecopy density adjusting lever [5] to the far-thest right, and free the four claws [6];then, detach the control panel [7].

Page 196: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-16

Figure 7-316

Figure 7-317

[1]

[2]

[2]

[3]

Grounding plate

Copyboard glass

C. Copyboard Glass

1. Removing the Copyboard Glass1) Remove the top cover. (See A.1. “Remov-

ing the Top Cover.”)2) Close the machine’s top unit.3) Remove the two screws [1], and detach

the two support plates [2]; then, detach thecopyboard glass [3].

Note:When mounting the copyboard glass, besure that the grounding plate is on theside of its top edge. (ADF type only)

Page 197: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-17

Figure 7-318

Figure 7-319

[1]

[2]

[3]

D. Main Motor/Main DriveAssembly

1. Removing the Main Motor Unit1) Remove the drum cartridge.2) Remove the composite power supply

PCB.(See E.2. “Removing the CompositePower Supply PCB.”)

3) Remove the screw [1], and detach thehigh-voltage PCB [2].

4) Remove the insulating sheet [3].

Page 198: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-18

Figure 7-321

[5]

[5]

[6]

[4]

Figure 7-320

5) Detach the fan belt [4].

6) Remove the four screws [5], and detachthe main motor unit [6].

Caution:When installing the main motor unit, besure to attach the fan belt.After attaching the fan belt, make surethat the belt is free of twists.

Page 199: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-19

Figure 7-322

Figure 7-323

[1]

[2]

[3]

2. Removing the Main Drive Assem-bly

1) Remove the drum cartridge.2) Remove the composite power supply

PCB.(See E.2. “Removing the CompositePower Supply PCB.”)

3) Remove the screw [1], and detach thehigh-voltage PCB [2].

4) Remove the insulating sheet [3].

Page 200: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-20

Figure 7-324

Figure 7-325

[4]

[5]

[5]

[6]

5) Detach the fan belt [4].

6) Remove the five screws [5], and detachthe main drive assembly [6].

Caution:When installing the main drive assem-bly, be sure to attach the fan belt.After attaching the fan belt, make surethat the belt is free of twists.

Page 201: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-21

Figure 7-326

Figure 7-327

[1]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[4]

[4]

[5]

E. Electrical System

1. Removing the DC Controller PCB1) Open the machine’s top unit.2) Remove the screw [1], and detach the

front upper cover [2].

Caution:A flexible cable for the control panel isconnected to the front upper cover. Dis-connect the cable from the DC control-ler.

3) Disconnect all connectors from the DCcontroller PCB, remove the screw [3], andfree the six claws [4]; then, detach the DCcontroller PCB [5].

Page 202: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-22

Figure 7-328

Figure 7-329

[1]

[2]

[3]

[3]

[3] [4]

2. Removing the Composite PowerSupply PCB

1) Remove the copyboard cover or the ADF.2) Remove the left cover and the rear cover.3) Remove the screw [1], and remove the

copyboard cover foot retainer [2].

4) Disconnect the ten connectors [3] fromthe composite power supply PCB, anddisconnect the connector [4] from themain motor assembly.

Page 203: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-23

5) Remove the seven screws [5], and free thefive claws [6]; then, detach the compositepower supply PCB [7].

Figure 7-330

[5]

[5]

[5]

[6]

[7]

Page 204: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)7-24

3. Points to Note When Handling theComposite Power Supply PCB

1) Some capacitors on the composite powersupply hold charges when the machine’spower supply is off.Take extra care never to short the termi-nals of the capacitor whenever you haveremoved the composite power supplyPCB.

2) When handling the PCB, hold its heat ra-diating plate (at the center) or its bothedges. In particular, keep in mind thatholding the area indicated by “ ” cancause deformation or cracking of theboard.

Figure 7-331

Page 205: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 8

ADF

I. ADF ..............................................8-1A. Outline ...................................8-1B Basic Construction ................8-2C. Basic Operations ...................8-4D. Detecting an Original ............8-6E. Pickup Operation ...................8-8F. Delivery .............................. 8-12G. Controlling the Pickup

Motor .................................. 8-14

H. Controlling the Belt Motor .. 8-15I. Detecting Original Jams ..... 8-16J. Power Supply ..................... 8-17

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..... 8-18A. Removing the ADF ............. 8-19B. External Covers .................. 8-21C. Drive System ...................... 8-23D. Feeding System ................. 8-26E. Electrical System ............... 8-33

Page 206: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 207: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-1

I. ADF

A. Outline

The ADF picks up the originals stacked on the original tray starting with the topmost original,moves them through the copyboard, and delivers them.

See Figure 8-101 for an outline of the feeding route.

Figure 8-101

ADF

Original tray

Copier

Page 208: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-2

B Basic Construction

1. Outline of the Electric CircuitryThe ADF’s major electrical mechanisms are controlled by the CPU on the ADF controller

PCB.The CPU on the ADF controller PCB reads the signals from the sensors and the copier and

generates signals to drive the motor at such times as programmed in advance.The copying modes selected on the copier are communicated to the ADF in serial, and the ADF

communicates to the copier the state of feeding originals to the copier in serial. (It does not use anIC for communications.)

Figure 8-102

Serial communication

Copier

CompositepowersupplyPCB

24V 5VROM(Q2)

CPU(Q1)

Switch

Sensor

ADFcontroller PCB

Motor

[Output block][Control block][Input block]

Page 209: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-3

2. Inputs to and Outputs from the ADF Controller PCBa. Inputs to and Outputs from the ADF Controller PCB (1/1)

Figure 8-103

ADF switch

Registration papersensor

Original placementsensor

Delivery sensor

PI1

J105

J6-1

-2

ADF controller PCB

J5-1

J5-4

J5-7

-3

-2

-6

-5

-9

-8

J3-1

-2

+24V

MS1ADFC When ADF is opened, '1'.

PDP1 When original is detected, '1'. (when light-blocking plate is at sensor)

+5V

+5V

+5V

PDP2 When original is detected, '0'. (when light-blocking plate is at sensor)

PDP3 When original is detected, '0'. (when light-blocking plate is at sensor)

See p. 8-15.M1

M2Pickup motor

Belt motor

-3-4

J3-6

-7

PI2

PI3

Serial communication

Copier

J2

See p. 8-14.

-5

*Negative logic.

J114J202

Page 210: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-4

C. Basic Operations

1. OutlineThe ADF uses two motors for picking up and delivering originals. The pickup motor (M2) is

used to pick up originals, and the belt motor (M1) is used to move, stop, and deliver originals.Further, the ADF is equipped with three sensors for monitoring the movement of originals.The ADF is designed to accommodate one-sided original copying mode only.

Figure 8-104

PI2

PI1

PI3

Bel

t mot

or

driv

e si

gnal

Pic

kup

mot

or

driv

e si

gnal

Regi

stra

tion

pape

r det

ectio

n sig

nal (

PDP2

) J5-

6

J5-9

J5-3

Pick

-up

pape

r det

ectio

n sig

nal (

PDP3

)

Deliv

ery

pape

r det

ectio

n sig

nal (

PDP1

)

ADF controller PCB

M1 M2

One-wayclutch

Page 211: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-5

2. One-Sided Original ModeThe ADF picks up originals stacked on the original tray starting with the topmost original; after

it picks up an original, it places it on the copyboard glass for copying, moves it away from thecopyboard glass, and delivers it to the copyboard glass.

Figure 8-105

Placing originals

Picking up an original

Feeding 1

Feeding 2

Copying

Delivering

Original tray

Delivery tray Originals

Page 212: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-6

D. Detecting an Original

1. OutlineThe ADF’s original detection mechanism has the following two functions:

1. Detecting the Presence/Absence of an OriginalChecks whether there is an original on the original tray.

2. Identifying the Length of the OriginalChecks the length of the original placed on the original tray.

3. Detecting the Presence/Absence of an OriginalThe original placement sensor (PI3) is used to check the presence/absence of an original.When an original is placed on the original tray, the original placement sensor (PI3) sends the

original detection signal (PDP3) to the ADF controller PCB in response to the movement of thedetecting lever away from the sensor.

Figure 8-106

Original tray

Original

ADF controller PCB

Orig

inal

det

ectio

n si

gnal

(P

DP

3)

PI3Detecting lever

Page 213: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-7

2. Identifying the Length of the OriginalThe registration paper sensor (PI2) is used to identify the length of the original, if any.The ADF controller computes the length of the original based on the time it takes for the

original to move past the registration paper sensor (PI2).Using the result of the computation, the ADF controller determines whether the size of the

original is A4/LTR or smaller or LGL, thereby switching to the appropriate ADF operation.Table 8-101 shows the lengths of originals that determines ADF operation sequence.

Figure 8-107

Table 8-101

Original Lengths and Operation Sequences

Length~313cm314cm~

SequenceFor A4/LTR originalsFor LGL originals

PI2Original tray

Original

ADF controller PCB

Regi

stra

tion

pape

r de

tect

ion

signa

l (PD

P2) PI3

Page 214: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-8

E. Pickup Operation

1. OperationWhen an original is placed on the original tray and the Copy Start key is pressed, the following

sequence of operations takes place:1 Preparing for PickUp Operation

When an original is placed on the original tray, i.e., the original placement sensor (PI3) turnsON, the pickup roller rotates counterclockwise and the paper guide holds the original in place.

Figure 8-108

2 Pickup SeparationWhen the Copy Start key is pressed, the pickup roller 1 and 2 rotate clockwise, and pick up the

first original (topmost) and forward it as far as the registration roller. (The separation pad ensuresthat only one original is picked up.)

Figure 8-109

Original tray

1st original

PI3Paper guide

1st original

Separation pad

Pickup roller 1

Pickup roller 2

Registration roller

Page 215: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-9

3 ArchingThe first original is butted against the registration roller so that it arches.

Figure 8-110

4 Feeding Operation 1The feeding belt is moved so that the leading edge of the first original comes into contact with

the delivery sensor (PI1). (In the case of a LGL original, the original is moved about 15 mm fartherafter it has come into contact with the delivery sensor.)

At the same time, the pickup motor (M2) is rotated counterclockwise to prepare for picking upthe second original.

Figure 8-111

Figure 8-112

1st originalArching

Registration roller

PI1

Delivery sensor

1st original Feeding belt

Original tray

2nd original

PI3Paper guide

Page 216: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-10

5 Feeding 2The feeding belt is moved counterclockwise so that the first original is stopped at a specific

location on the copyboard glass.

Figure 8-113

6 Moving the Scanner and Picking Up the Second OriginalThe scanner starts to move forward after the original has been stopped at a specific location on

the copyboard glass.If the original is A4/LTR or smaller, the pickup motor (M2) is also rotated clockwise to pickup

the second original and butt it against the registration roller.If the original is LGL, the second original is picked up after the scanner has been moved for-

ward.

Figure 8-114

Feeding belt1st original

2nd originalScanner

1st original

Page 217: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-11

2. Sequence of Pickup Operations (A4/LTR, 2 originals)

Figure 8-115

3. Sequence of Operations (LGL, 2 originals)

Figure 8-116

Original setCopy Start key ON

Preparing for pickup

Pickig up

Pickup motor (M2)

Belt motor (M1)

Original detection sensor (PI3)

Registration sensor (PI2)

Delivery sensor (PI1)

: motor CCW rotation

Picking up /separating

ArchingPreparing for pickup of 2nd original

Feeding 1 Feeding 2

CopyingPicking up 2nd original

Original setCopy Start key ON

Preparing for pickup

Pickig up

Pickup motor (M2)

Belt motor (M1)

Original detection sensor (PI3)

Registration sensor (PI2)

Delivery sensor (PI1)

: motor CCW rotation

Picking up /separating

ArchingPreparing for pickup of 2nd original

Feeding 1 Feeding 2

Copying

Feeding 15mm farther

Page 218: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-12

F. Delivery

1. OperationsThe ADF operates as follows to deliver originals from the copyboard glass:

1 Delivery FeedingThe feeding belt is moved to feed and deliver the first original on the copyboard glass. At the

same time, the pickup motor (M2) moves the second original to the copyboard glass.

Figure 8-117

2 Delivering to the Delivery TrayThe ADF switches the belt motor to low speed as soon as the trailing edge of the original

moves past the delivery sensor (PI1), thereby delivering the original slowly.

Figure 8-118

2nd original

1st original

2nd original

Delivery sensor

1st original

Delivery tray

Page 219: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-13

2. Sequence of Operations (A4/LTR, 2 originals)

Figure 8-119

3. Sequence of Operations (LGL, 2 originals)

Figure 8-120

Original setCopy Start key ON

Pickup motor (M2)

Belt motor (M1)

Original detection sensor (PI3)

Registration sensor (PI2)

Delivery sensor (PI1)

: motor CCW rotation

Picking up/separating 1st original

Copying,picking up/separating 2nd original

Delivering 1st original/picking up 2nd original

Copying Delivering

Detecting length

: motor low-speed rotation

Original setCopy Start key ON

Pickup motor (M2)

Belt motor (M1)Original detection sensor (PI3)

Registration sensor (PI2)

Delivery sensor (PI1)

: motor CCW rotation

Delivering 1st original,picking up/separating 2nd original

Copying Delivering

: motor low-speed rotation

Feeding farther 15mm

Copying

Feeding farther 15mmFeeding farther 15mm

Page 220: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-14

G. Controlling the Pickup Motor

1. OutlineFigure 8-121 is a diagram of the control circuit for the pickup motor (M2).The pickup motor is a DC motor.The CPU (Q1) on the ADF controller PCB sends the motor drive signals PM0 and PM1 to the

motor driver (Q5). The pickup motor rotates clockwise or counterclockwise according to the com-binations of the states of these two signals. (Table 8-102 shows how the pickup motor rotates foreach combination.)

The motor driver is equipped with a limiter function, preventing overcurrent from flowing intothe motor. When an overcurrent occurs, the limiter function cuts off the motor drive current,thereby preventing damage to the motor.

When the limiter function is activated, the pickup motor cannot rotate as controlled, possiblyleading to pickup faults. Any pickup fault causes the ADF controller to flash the JAM indicator onthe copier and stop the pickup motor at the same time.

Figure 8-121

Table 8-102

+24V

Q1

CPUM2

PM1

PM0

Pickupmotor

ADF controller PCB

Q5Motordriver

PMRD1

PMRD1*

Pickup rollerrotationBraked

Picking upDelivering

At reset (free)

Motor drivesignal (PM0)

‘1’‘1’‘0’‘0’

Motor drivesignal (PM1)

‘1’‘0’‘1’‘0’

Page 221: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-15

H. Controlling the Belt Motor

1. OutlineFigure 8-122 is a diagram showing the control circuit for the belt motor (M2).The belt motor is a 4-phase control stepping motor.The CPU (Q1) on the ADF controller PCB sends control pulse signals (A, A*, B, B*) to the

motor driver (Q4).In response, the motor driver changes the output timing of the pulse signals (MA, MA*, MB,

MB*) used for driving the motor to rotate the belt motor clockwise or counterclockwise.The motor driver is equipped with a limiter function used to keep the motor supplied with a

specific current so that current greater than specified will not flow.If loads large enough to activate the limiter function occur in succession, the belt motor cannot

rotate as specified, possibly leading to feeding faults. Any feeding fault will cause the ADF con-troller to flash the Jam indicator on the controller and stop the belt motor at the same time.

Figure 8-122

+24V

Q1

CPUM1

A

A*

B

B*

MA

MA*

MB

MB*

ADF controller PCB

Q4

Motor

driver

Belt motor

Page 222: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-16

I. Detecting Original Jams

The ADF is equipped with three jam sensors (PI1 through PI3) as indicated in Figure 8-123 tomonitor the movement of originals.

The movement of originals are checked at such times as programmed in the CPU on the ADFcontroller PCB; a jam is identified in relation to the presence of an original at each sensor.

Table 8-103 describes the type of jam, condition of detection, and sensors involved.

Figure 8-123

Table 8-103

Type of Original Jam and Condition of Detection

PI2

PI1

PI3

PI3: original placement sensorPI1: delivery sensor PI2: registration sensor

ConditionsWhen the 1st original is separated, the deliverysensor (PI1) turns on while the belt motorrotates for 300 ms or less or before the registra-tion sensor (PI2) turns on.When the 1st original is picked up, the registra-tion sensor (PI2) and the delivery sensor (PI1)turn on.When separation starts, the registration sensor(PI2) or the delivery sensor (PI1) are on.When separation starts, the registration sensor(PI2) does not turn on after 2 sec.When pickup starts, the registration sensor (PI2)does not turn off after feeding the original forabout 500 mm.The ADF is opened while in operation.When delivery starts, the delivery sensor (PI1)does not detect an original that has been fedabout 100 mm.After the registration sensor (PI2) has turnedoff, the delivery sensor (PI1) does not detect anoriginal that has been fed for about 500 mm.During pickup, the delivery sensor (PI1) re-mains on even when the original is fed for‘length + about 60 mm’.

Operation

Pickup

Delivery

Type of jamResidual original

Original present at start

Separation delay

Pick-up delay

ADF openDelivery delay jam

Delivery stationary jam

SensorPI1,PI2

PI1,PI2

PI2

PI2

MS1PI1,PI2

PI1

Page 223: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-17

J. Power Supply

1. OutlineFigure 8-124 shows the routes of power supply.The ADF is supplied by the copier with 5 V and 24 V. The 24V supply is cut off when the ADF

is opened, i.e., when the ADF switch (MS1) turns off. The 5V supply will continue to keep eachsensor powered even when the ADF is opened.

Figure 8-124

Logic

Circuitbreaker(CB1)

Copier ADF controller PCB

Fuse resistor

(R1)

24V

5V J1-3

J1-1

J6-2

J6-1

CO

M

NO

Delivery sensor (PI1)

Belt motor (M1)

Pickup motor (M2)

ADF switch(MS1)

CompositepowersupplyPCB

J101-1

J101-3Registration sensor (PI2)

Original placement sensor (PI3)

Page 224: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800S/900S REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-18

II. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

As needed, disassemble/assemble the machine with the following in mind:1. ! Before starting the work, turn off the power switch and disconnect the power plug for

safety.2. Unless otherwise instructed, assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble

it.3. Identify the screws by type (length, diameter) and location.4. Use the washers where necessary. (The screws used to mount the grounding wire and Varis-

tors come with a washer to ensure electrical continuity.)5. As necessary, cut the harness band.6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its part removed.7. A few of the screws used are special screws (with wider thread intervals). Do not use any

screws indiscriminately.

Page 225: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-19

A. Removing the ADF

1) Open the machine’s top unit.2) Free the two claws [1], and slide the left

cover [2] to detach.

3) Remove the screw [3], and free the fourclaws [4]; then, the detach the rear cover[5].

4) Close the machine’s top unit.5) Remove the two screws [6], and remove

the fixing plate [7].

Figure 8-201

Figure 8-202

Figure 8-203

[1] [1][2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

Page 226: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-20

Figure 8-204

Figure 8-205

[11]

[11]

6) Disconnect the two connectors [8], andremove the screw [9]; then, remove thecable bush [10].

7) Remove the two lockpin [11], and removethe ADF from the copier.

[8][10] [9]

[8]

Page 227: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-21

B. External Covers

Remove the covers as follows whencleaning, checking, or repairing the inside ofthe machine:1) Remove the ADF from the copier.

(See “A. Removing the ADF.”)2) Remove the feeding roller [1] from the

bushing [2].

[1] Upper cover [2] Lower cover

Figure 8-206

Figure 8-207

[1]

[2]

[1][2]

[1][2]

Page 228: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-22

3) Remove the six screws [3], and separatethe lower cover [4] from the upper cover[5].

4) Disconnect the connector [6], and removethe lower cover [4].

Figure 8-208

Figure 8-209

[3] [4]

[5]

[3]

[3]

[4]

[6]

Page 229: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-23

C. Drive System

1. Drive Unit1) Remove the lower cover.

(See “B. External Covers.”)2) Remove the screw [1] and the bushing [2];

then, remove the pickup roller cover [3].

3) Remove the E-ring [4], and remove thebearing [5].

Figure 8-210

Figure 8-211

[1]

[2][3]

[4][5]

Page 230: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-24

4) Remove the timing belt [6], and removethe feeding belt roller [7] by shifting it inthe direction of the arrow.

5) Remove the five screws [9], and removethe right hinge unit [8].

6) Remove the stop ring [10] (resin) and thebushing [11].

Figure 8-212

Figure 8-213

Figure 8-214

[6]

[7]

[9] [9][9]

[10]

[11]

Page 231: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-25

7) Disconnect the two connectors [12], andremove the five screws [13]; then, removethe drive unit [14].

Figure 8-215

[12]

[13] [14] [13]

Page 232: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-26

D. Feeding System

1. Pickup Roller1) Remove the drive unit [1].

(See “C.1. Drive Unit.”)

2) Remove the E-ring [2], and remove theshaft [3]; then, detach the pickup roller 1[4].

3) Remove the stop ring [5].

Figure 8-216

Figure 8-217

Figure 8-218

[1]

[5]

[2][3]

[4]

Page 233: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-27

4) Remove the two straight pins [6], and re-move the pickup roller 2 [8] while movingthe cover [7] in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 8-219

[6]

[6]

[7]

[8]

Page 234: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-28

2. Registration Roller1) Remove the lower cover.

(See “B. External Covers.”)2) Remove the link arm [1] from the registra-

tion roller shaft [2] by turning the linkarm.

3) While pushing the bushing [3] in the di-rection of the arrow, pull out the registra-tion roller shaft [2] slowly.

Figure 8-220

Figure 8-221

[1]

[2]

[2]

[3]

Page 235: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-29

3. Feeding Belt1) Remove the lower cover.

(See “B. External Covers.”)2) Remove the two tension springs [1].

3) Remove the E-ring [2], and remove thebearing [3].

4) Remove the timing belt [4], and removethe feeding belt drive roller [5] by movingit in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 8-222

Figure 8-223

Figure 8-224

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

Page 236: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-30

5) Remove the two equalizer spring [6] andthe two feeding belt rolls [7].

6) Remove the two screws [9], and removethe delivery sensor unit [8].

7) Remove the stop ring [10] (made ofresin); then, remove the bushing [11].

Figure 8-225

Figure 8-226

Figure 8-227

[6]

[7]

[6][7]

[8][9]

[10] [11]

Page 237: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-31

8) Remove the screw [12], and remove thegrounding wire [13]; then, remove the de-livery roller unit [14] by moving it in thedirection of the arrow.

9) Remove the screw [15], and remove thestatic eliminating brush [16].

10) Remove the two E-rings [17]; then, re-move the timing belt [18], gear [19], andtwo bushings [20].

Figure 8-228

Figure 8-229

Figure 8-230

[12]

[13]

[14]

[15][16]

[17]

[18]

[19]

[20]

[20]

[17]

Page 238: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)8-32

11) Pull out the actuator [21] in the directionof the arrow; then, remove the feeding beltlink roller [22], and remove the feedingbelt [23].

Figure 8-231

[21][22]

[23]

Page 239: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 8 ADF

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-33

E. Electrical System

1. ADF Controller PCB1) Remove the lower cover.

(See “B. External Covers.”)2) Disconnect the five connectors [1], and

remove the two screws [2]; then, removethe ADF controller PCB [3].

2. Original Placement Sensor andRegistration Paper Sensor

Pay attention to the colors of the cablesand connectors when connecting the connec-tors of the original placement sensor and theregistration paper sensor.

Table 8-201

Figure 8-232

Figure 8-233

[1]

[2][3]

[2]

[1]

Original placement sensor

Registrationpaper sensor

Sensor

Original placement sensorRegistration paper sensor

Cable color

PurpleYellow

Page 240: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 241: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 9

INSTALLATION

I. SELECTING A SITE ....................9-1II. UNPACKING AND

INSTALLATION ............................9-2A. Unpacking and Installation ....9-2

B. Placing Copy Paper...............9-9III. MOVING THE MACHINE .......... 9-12

Page 242: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 243: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-1

I. SELECTING A SITE

Keep the following in mind when selecting a site for installation; if possible, visit the user’sbefore delivery of the machine:

• The site offers a power outlet whose rating is as specified (±10%) and which may be usedexclusively for the machine.

• The site is between 7.5°C/45.5°F and 32.5°C/90.5°F in temperature and between 5% and85% in humidity. Avoid an area near water faucets, water boilers, humidifiers, and refrigera-tors.

• Avoid areas near sources of fire. The site must not be subject to ammonium gas or direct raysof the sun. (As necessary, provide curtains.)

• The site must be well ventilated.The level of ozone generated by the machine should not affect the health of people around it.Some, however, may find the odor to be rather unpleasant, and ventilation is a very importantfactor.

• The floor of the site must ensure that the machine’s feet will remain in contact, and will holdthe machine level.

• The machine must be at least 10 cm/3.9 in. away from any wall, and there must be adequatespace for work involving the machine.

Figure 9-101

10cm min.

10cm min.

Page 244: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)9-2

II. UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION

When a piece of metal is brought in from a cold to warm place, droplets of water tend to formon its surface. This phenomenon is known as “condensation” and, in copiers, can cause blankcopies.

If the machine has been brought in from a cold place, leave it alone at least for one hour beforestarting to install it.

A. Unpacking and Installation

Take out the copier and the attachments fromthe shipping box, and check to make sure thatnone is missing:

1 • Cassette• Copy tray• Power cord• ADF auxiliary tray (ADF type only)• User's Manual• Manual feed tray (for some areas only)• Language label for cassette (included with

universal cassette)• Language label for ADF (ADF type only)

Remove the packaging bag and all fixing tape.2

Remove the shipping attachment [1] (gold-colored screw) from the left of the machine.

3

Shipping attachment [1]

You will be storing the shipping attachment[1] inside the machine in step 9.

Work Checks and remarksStep

Page 245: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-3

Work Checks and remarksStepRemove the shipping attachment [2] (blackscrew) from the right side of the machine.

4

Shipping attachment [2]

You will be storing the shipping attachment[2] inside the machine in step 9.

Take out the protective member from themanual feed tray. (Multifeeder type only)

Caution:This step applies only if the manual feed trayis attached.

5Protective member

Attach the manual feed tray that comes withthe machine. (Multifeeder type only)

Caution:This applies only if the manual feed traycomes packaged with the machine.

Manual feed tray

Page 246: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)9-4

Work Checks and remarksStepOpen the copyboard cover, and remove theprotective sheet. (Copyboard type only)

Caution:If the protective sheet is not fond on the ma-chine, go to the next step.

6

Protective sheet

Open the ADF, and remove the protectivemembers. (ADF type only)

Caution:You will need this protective member whenrelocating the machine. Be sure to store itaway appropriately.

Protective members

Pull the open/close lever found on the left ofthe machine to open the machine’s top unit;then, remove the two protective members.

Caution:If the protective member is not found on themachine, go to the next step.

7Open/close lever

Protective member

Page 247: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-5

Work Checks and remarksStep

Pick the fixing member from the bottom of thetop unit, and detach it.

8

Store the shipping attachments [1] and [2] re-moved in steps 3 and 4 in the machine’s bot-tom unit.

9

[1]

[2]

Hold the tab of the cartridge, and take it out ofthe machine.

10

Holding the cartridge with the warning labelfacing up, shake it several times in both direc-tions (90°).

11

Page 248: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)9-6

Work Checks and remarksStep

Place the cartridge on a level place, and pulloff the open seal.Holding the tab, pull it straight out in the di-rection of the arrow.

Caution:The seal can tear in the middle. Do no pull it atan angle.

12

Hold the cartridge with the waning label fac-ing up, and insert it into the machine with careuntil it stops.

13

Push on the marking found on the top of themachine to close it fully.

14

Original tray

Open the original tray.

Caution:This step applies to the ADF type only.

15

Page 249: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-7

Work Checks and remarksStep

While bending the ADF auxiliary tray in thedirection of arrows in the figure, insert it intothe holes on the edge of the original tray.

16Holes

ADF auxiliary tray

Slide in and out the auxiliary tray severaltimes to make sure that it moves smoothly.

17ADF auxiliary tray

Connect the power cord to the power cordconnector.

18

Connect the power plug to the power outlet;then, turn on the power switch.

19 • Make sure that the AE and DIRECT indica-tors turn on, the count/ratio indicator indi-cates ‘1’.

• Press the Count/Zoom Set key and theClear/Stop key to check that the copy countis correct.

• Press the Default Ratio key to check thatdifferent ratios are indicated.

• Check to make sure that a press on theZoom Mode key turns on the ‘0’ indicationand a press on the Count/Zoom Set key willindicate the correct ratio.

Caution:This step applies to the ADF type only.

Caution:This step applies to the ADF type only.

Page 250: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)9-8

Work Checks and remarksStep

Attach the copy tray.20

Check to make sure that the three grooves inthe copy tray are all in place.

Place copy paper inside the cassette. (Forhow, see B. “Placing Copy Paper.”)

21

All notations on the label attached to the ADFis in English. If a non-English language isneeded, select the appropriate label fromamong those that come with the machine andstick it.

22

Place the Test Sheet on the copyboard glass,and make copies to see if the operation is cor-rect.

23 • Check to make sure that there is no abnor-mal noise.

• Check to make sure that as many copies asspecified are made correctly.

Clean the externals of the machine and thearea around the machine.

24

Caution:This step applies to the ADF type only.

Page 251: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-9

Work Checks and remarksStep

B. Placing Copy Paper

1. Universal Cassette

Take out the cassette from the machine, andremove the protective members and the label.Remove the rear guide plate as shown, andmount it back to suit the size of the copy paperto be used.

1Rear end guide plate

Shift down, and pull off

Turn the fixing lever (front, rear) of the sidepaper guide plate as shown, and unlock theside paper guide plate.

2Fixing lever (rear)

Fixing lever (front)

Slide the side paper guide plate to suit thewidth of the copy paper to be used; then, turnthe fixing lever as shown to lock the side pa-per guide plate in place.

3Side paper guide plate (rear)

Side paper guide plate (front)

Page 252: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)9-10

Work Checks and remarksStep

Place copy paper in the cassette, and set thecassette into the machine.

4

All text on the label attached to the cassette isEnglish. If you need to replace it with a non-English label, select the appropriate one fromamong those packaged with the machine, andattach it.

5

Language label for cassette

Page 253: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-11

Work Checks and remarksStep

2. 250-Sheet/500-Sheet Cassette

Take out the cassette from the machine, andremove the protective member.

1

Slide the rear end paper guide plate as shownto match the size of the paper to be used.

Caution:This step applies to the 500-sheet cassette(LTR/LGL) only.

2

Rear end guide plate

Place copy paper in the cassette; then, set thecassette in the machine.

3

• 500-sheet cassette

• 250-sheet cassette

Page 254: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)9-12

III. MOVING THE MACHINE

If you need to move the machine by truck or any other means of transportation after installa-tion, be sure to perform the following:

Work Checks and remarksStep

Turn on the power, and press the Default Ra-tio key to select 70%.

1

Press the Paper Select key to select the manualfeed tray; then, press the Copy Start key with-out placing any paper on the manual feed tray.

2 The count/ratio indicator will indicate ' '.

Turn off the power switch, and disconnect thepower plug from the outlet.

3

Pull the open/close lever found on the left ofthe machine, and open the machine’s top unit.

4

Take out the shipping attachments [1] and [2]stored in the machine’s bottom unit.

5

[1]

[2]

Detach the copy tray.6

Press down on the marking on themachine's top unit to fully close the machine.

7

Caution:Before starting the following work, check to make sure that the machines is not too hot. If it is, asimmediately after continuous copying, you may not be able to carry out step 8, in which theshipping attachment is replaced.

Page 255: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-13

Work Checks and remarksStep

Fit the shipping attachments [1] and [2] de-tached in step 5 back to the machine.

8

Shipping attachment [1]

Shipping attachment [2]

Tape the machine's top unit in place to preventit from opening.

9

Place A4/LGL copy paper on the copyboardglass, and close the copyboard cover; then,tape it in place. (Copyboard type only)

10

Raise the ADF. Then, place two parts used aspackaging so that they fit closely around bothsides and the front of the ADF, as shown in thediagram, and secure them with tape. (ADFtype only)

Gently lower the ADF and secure the mainunit by taping in eight places, as shown in thediagram. (ADF type only)Pack the machine, using the original packingmaterial and box.Or tape the machine’s top in place so that itwill not open while in transit.

11

Page 256: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 257: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 10

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

I. PERIODICALLY REPLACEDPARTS ....................................... 10-1

II. DURABLES ANDCONSUMABLES ...................... 10-1

III. SCHEDULED SERVICING ....... 10-1IV. STORING AND HANDLING

THE CARTRIDGE ..................... 10-2

A. Storing the Cartridge with thePackaging Seal Intact ........ 10-2

B. Storing and Handling theCartridge with the PackagingSeal Removed .................... 10-3

Page 258: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-1

I. PERIODICALLY REPLACED PARTS

The machine does not have parts which must be replaced on a periodical basis.

II. DURABLES AND CONSUMABLES

The machine does not have items designated as durables or consumables.

III. SCHEDULED SERVICING

The machine does not have any parts which require scheduled servicing.

Page 259: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)10-2

IV. STORING AND HANDLING THE CARTRIDGE

The cartridge is subject to the effects of the environment whether its packing seal is intact orremoved or whether it is inside the machine or otherwise, changing over time regardless of thenumber of copies made. The degree of change is highly dependent on the site of installation andhow it is maintained, and no general rule may be drawn; however, it is important to exercise carewhen storing or handling it.

A. Storing the Cartridge with the Packaging Seal Intact

If you are storing the cartridge in a warehouse or workshop, be sure that the environment is asindicated in Table 10-401; in addition, keep the following in mind:

• Avoid direct rays of the sun.• Avoid vibration.• Do not subject it to impact (as by hitting or dropping it).

Table 10-401 Temperature/Humidity Conditions for Storage

Temperaturebetween -20°C/-4°F and 40°C/104°F

Humidity90% or less

between 0°C/32°F and 35°C/95°F

between 35°C/95°F and 45°C/113°F

between -20°C/-4°F and 0°C/32°F

from 40°C/104°F to 15°C/59°Ffrom -20°C/-4°F to 25°C/77°F

between 35% and 85% RH

between 85% and 95% RH

between 10% and 35% RH

between 613.3 and 1013.3(hPa; 0.6 to 1 atm)

Te

mp

era

ture Normal (9/10 of entire storage period)

Harsh (1/10 of entire storage period)

Temperature changes (within 3-min period; approx.)

Normal (9/10 of entire storage period)

Harsh (1/10 of entire storage period)

Atmospheric pressure

High temperature

Low temperature

Hu

mid

ity

High humidity

Low humidity

Table 10-402 Conditions for Transportation

Page 260: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-3

B. Storing and Handling the Cartridge with the Packaging SealRemoved

The photosensitive medium is an organic photoconducting (OPC) material, which would dete-riorate if subjected to storing light.

The cartridge also holds toner, requiring the user to exercise care when storing or handling it.(Be sure that the user stores it in an appropriate storage box for storage.)

1. Storage after Removing the Packaging Seala. Avoid areas subject to the direct rays of the sun, i.e., near a window. Do not keep it in a car for

a long time, as it will be subjected to an extremely high temperature. (This applies even if thecartridge is inside a protective box.)

b. Avoid areas subjected to high or low temperature/humidity or where temperature or humiditytends to change abruptly (e.g., near an air conditioner).

c. Avoid areas subject to dust, ammonium gas, or organic solvent.d. Make sure that the cartridge is stored at 40°C/104°F or lower.

Page 261: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)10-4

2. Handling the Cartridgea. Before setting the cartridge in the machine or if copies have white spots as when it starts to run

out of toner, hold the cartridge level and shake it about 90° several times as shown in Figure 10-401 to even out the toner inside.If you shake it in a different way, the toner can spill out of the developing assembly or thecleaning assembly.

Figure 10-401

b. Do not place the cartridge on its end or turn it over as shown in Figure 10-402.

Figure 10-402

Page 262: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-5

c. Do not touch the surface of the photosensitive drum as by opening the shutter for the photosen-sitive drum cover found at the bottom of the cartridge.(If you have soiled the surface of the photosensitive drum, wipe it with a flannel cloth coatedwith toner. Do not clean it using solvents.)

d. Do not disassemble the cartridge.

e. Do not subject the cartridge to excess vibration or impact. In particular, do not impose force onthe shutter for the photosensitive drum shutter.

f. Make sure that it is out of reach of children.

g. The photosensitive drum is susceptible to strong light, and the light-blocking shutter is pro-vided as a means of protection.If the drum is exposed to strong light for a long time, however, copies can start to show whitespots or vertical bands. Try leaving the machine alone as long as possible if such a problem isnoted; the memory (i.e., cause of white spots or vertical bands), however, may not disappear.Keep the following in mind:

Caution:1. Try to work briskly when removing a jam or replacing the cartridge.2. If the cartridge must be taken out of the machine for storage, be sure to put it in a protective

box or put a cover over it. Do not leave it outside the machine unprotected.

Reference:If the photosensitive drum is exposed to light of 1500 lux (general lighting) for 5 min and thenleft alone in a dark place for 5 min, it should recover so that it will not cause practical prob-lems. Nevertheless, avoid direct sunshine. (The rays of the sun is as strong as 10000 and30000 lux.)

Page 263: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 264: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

CHAPTER 11

TROUBLESHOOTING

I. MAINTENANCE ANDINSPECTION ............................ 11-3A. Image Adjustment Basic

Procedure ........................... 11-3B. Points to Note for

Servicing ............................ 11-4II. STANDARDS AND

ADJUSTMENTS ....................... 11-5A. Mechanical ......................... 11-5B. ADF .................................. 11-30C. Electrical ........................... 11-41

III. TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGEFAULTS ................................... 11-48A. Making Initial Checks ....... 11-48B. Sample Image Faults ....... 11-52C. Troubleshooting Image

Faults ................................ 11-53IV. TROUBLESHOOTING

MALFUNCTIONS.................... 11-61

A. TroubleshootingMalfunctions ..................... 11-61

V. TROUBLESHOOTING FEEDINGPROBLEMS ............................ 11-75A. Copy Paper Jam ............... 11-75B. Faulty Feeding .................. 11-78

VI. ARRANGEMENT ANDFUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICALPARTS ..................................... 11-79A. Sensors and Solenoids .... 11-79B. Switches ........................... 11-80C. Lamp, Heater, Motor, Etc. 11-81D. PCBs ................................ 11-82E. ADF .................................. 11-83F. Variable Resistors (VR) and

Check Pins by PCB .......... 11-84VII. SELF DIAGNOSIS .................. 11-86

Page 265: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 266: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-1

Guide to the Troubleshooting Procedure

This chapter provides troubleshooting instructions in the form of tables prepared based ongenerally found flow charts. Study the following for an idea of how to use them:

AC power is absent.

YES/NONO

NO

NO

YES

CausePower plug

Covers

Power source

---------------

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksIs the power plug connected to thepower outlet?Are the front door and delivery coverclosed fully?Is the rated voltage found at the poweroutlet?Is the rated voltage present between J1-1 and -2? (J1 is found near the powercord mount.)

ActionConnect the plug.

Close the door or thecover.Inform the user that

Go to step 6.

(Rest omitted.)

• To find out the cause (possible fault) of a specific problem, see the "Cause" column.If the problem is “AC power is absent,” you may suspect that the power plug is disconnected,covers are not closed fully, or power is absent at the main source.

• If you want to find out the checks to make or action to take, go through the steps: answer thequestions under “Checks”; if yes, take the action shown. Otherwise, go to the next step andmake the indicated checks.

Page 267: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-2

• Often, you will find the following instructions when checking the voltage using a meter: “mea-sure the voltage between J109-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the DC controller PCB.” The symbol “+”indicates the terminal to which you are expected to connect the positive probe of the meter and“-,” the negative probe.

example:J109-1 (+) ..... Connect the positive probe.J109-2 (-) ...... Connect the negative probe.

Is the power plug connected to the

power outlet?

Are the front door and the delivery cover

closed firmly?

Is the rated voltage present at the

power source?

Connect the plug.

Close the door or the cover.

Advise the user that the problem is not the copier's.

<Checks><Step>

1

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

Rest omitted.

2

3

<YES/NO> <Action>

Page 268: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

11-3COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

I. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

A. Image Adjustment Basic Procedure

Making Pre-Checks Adjusting the Optimum Density

Clean the parts.

Is the copy density correction switch (SW101) set

to the middle index? (Note 1)

Set it at the middle.

Select non-AE, and set the copy density adjusting lever to the middle index; then, make two to three copies of the Test Sheet (NA-3).

Check the following:1. Density of gray scale No. 92. Presence/absence of difference between front

and rear (Note 2)3. Density of gray scale No. 1 (good or bad; Note 2)4. Fogging of background (Note 2)

NO

YES

Scanning system, pickup/feeding system, delivery assembly

Check the following:1. Cartridge2. Scanning lamp3. AE sensor PCB4. DC controller PCB5. Composite power supply PCB (See the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.)

Is the optimum density obtained by intensity

adjustment? (Note 3)

Can the deviation be corrected

using the copy density correction switch (SW101)?

(Note 1)

Is gray scale No. 9 barely visible?

END

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

Note:1. Applies only if the machine is equipped with a copy

density correction switch (SW101).2. The machine is not equipped with a function to

correct image faults. See the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.

3. See p. 11-42.

Page 269: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

11-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

B. Points to Note for Servicing

Copyboard cover

Item Tools/solvent Work/remarks

Copyboard glass

Scanning lamp

Reflecting plateNo. 1 through No. 6 mirror

Alcohol

Alcohol

Lint-free paper

Blower brush

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Dry wiping.

If dirt cannot be removed, dry-wiping with lint-free paper.

Lens Blower brush Cleaning.

Inlet guide

Item Tools/solvent Work/remarks

Solvent Cleaning.

Drum cover shutter

Item Tools/solvents Work/remarks

Most cloth Cleaning; be sure to remove all toner to prevent toner soiling images.

Single-feeder pickup roller

Item Tools/solvents Work/remarks

Multifeeder, Pickup roller

Cassette pickup roller

Registration roller

Transfer guide

Moist cloth

Moist cloth

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Transfer charging roller

Static eliminator

Feed belt

Lint-free paper

Special brush

Moist cloth

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Cleaning.

Moist cloth or alcohol

Moist cloth or alcohol

Moist cloth or alcohol

Cleaning. Do not use water or solvent. Take care not to touch it or leave solvent or oil.

Copyboard, Scanner

Feeding belt

Item Tool/solvent

Separation pad

Cloth moistened with water*

Cloth

Dry-wiping.

Cleaning.

Pickup roller Cloth moistened with water* or alcohol

Cleaning.

ADF

Fixing Assembly, Delivery Assembly Pickup, Feeding, and Transfer Assemblies and Static Eliminator

Cartridge

Work/remarks

*Be sure to wring it well.

Page 270: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-5

II. STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

A. Mechanical

1. Copiera. Leading Edge Non-Image Width

Make adjustments so that the leading edge non-image width is 2.0 ±1.5 mm when the TestSheet is copied in Direct.

Caution:If you have performed this adjustment, be sure to adjust the image leading edge margin.

Figure 11-201

1) Turn VR105 on the DC controller PCB so that the width is as indicated.

Figure 11-202

Table 11-201

Turing VR105 and Leading Edge Non-Image Width

Direction of VR105Clockwise

Counterclockwise

Leading edge non-image widthDecreasesIncreases

2.0 ± 1.5mm

VR105

J102

J101

J107

J101

J131

VR103VR102 J103

J130 J114

J104

J105 J109

J106

J102

VR104VR105VR106

VR107

Page 271: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-6

b. Image Leading Edge Margin (registration activation timing)Make adjustments so that the leading edge margin is 2.5 ±1.5 mm when the Test Sheet is

copied.

Caution:Be sure to check that the leading edge non-image width is as indicated before performing thisadjustment.

Figure 11-203

1) Turn VR104 on the DC controller PCB so that the margin is as indicated.

Figure 11-204

Table 11-202

Direction of VR104Clockwise

Counterclockwise

Image leading edge marginIncreasesDecreases

Turing VR104 and Image Leading Edge Margin

2.5 ± 1.5mm

VR104

J102

J101

J107

J101

J131

VR103VR102 J103

J130 J114

J104

J105 J109

J106

J102

VR104VR105VR106

VR107

Page 272: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-7

c. Adjusting the Mirror Position (optical length between No. 1 mirror and No. 2 mirror)If you have replaced the scanner drive cable, you must adjust the mirror position, by changing

the position of the cable retainer of the No. 1 mirror mount.

Reference:1. As more and more copies are made, the cable tends to become slack, requiring adjustment.2. If the optical length between the No. 1 mirror and the No. 2 mirror is not correct, the horizontal

reproduction ratio will be wrong, causing poor sharpness or blurred images.

1) Fit the mirror positioning tool (FY9-3009) as shown.

Figure 11-205

2) Remove the copyboard glass. (See Chapter 7.III.C.1. “Removing the Copyboard Glass”.)3) Loosen the screws used to secure the cable retainer at the rear and the front of the No. 1 mirror

mount [1].

Figure 11-206

[1]

Page 273: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-8

4) Turn the cable drive pulley [3] so that the three shafts [2] of the mirror positioning tool for the frontand the rear may be arranged as shown.

Figure 11-207 (rear)

Figure 11-208 (front)

[3][2]

[2]

[2]

[2]

Page 274: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-9

5) While keeping the condition of 4), tighten the positioning screw at the rear and the front of the No.1 mirror mount [1].

Figure 11-209 (rear)

Figure 11-210 (front)

[1]

[1]

Page 275: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-10

d. Checking the Force of the Cassette SpringIf the force of the spring used to hold up the holding plate of the cassette is not correct, pickup

faults or the like can occur.If a fault is suspected, check the force of the spring using a spring gauge (CK-0054), and

replace the spring if it is not as indicated:Standard: 970 ±150 g

Making MeasurementsPush the spring gauge against the middle of the spring as shown, and check to make sure that

the reading of the spring gauge is 970 ±150 g when the holding plate is 18 mm away from thebottom of the cassette.

Figure 11-211

Spring gauge(CK-0054)

Holding plate

18m

m

Cassette spring Cassette

Page 276: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-11

e-1. Routing the Scanner Drive Cable

Figure 11-212

Wind 1.5 times. (black cable)Wind 7.5 times. (silver-colored cable)

Page 277: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-12

e-2. Routing the Scanner Drive Cable

1. Before Starting the Work

Prepare the following:• Mirror positioning tool (FY9-3009)• Cable clip (FY9-3017)• Adhesive tape

1) Set the mirror positioning tool as shown.

Figure 11-213

2) Prepare about five strips of adhesive tape (each one about 20 × 50 mm).3) Remove the copyboard glass. (See Chapter 7.III.C.1.“Removing the Copyboard Glass.”)4) Disconnect the connectors (J101, J131) [1] from the DC controller PCB.

Figure 11-214

[1]

Page 278: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-13

5) If the machine is equipped with an ADF, free the hook [2], and disconnect the two relay connec-tors [3] from the left upper stay [4].

Figure 11-215

6) Remove the three screws [5], and detach the left upper stay [4].

Figure 11-216

[2][2]

[2] [2]

[3]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[4][5]

Page 279: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-14

7) Remove the four screws [7], and detach the lens cover [8].

Figure 11-217

[7] [7]

[8]

Page 280: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-15

2. Routing the Reversing Cable

1) Wind the reversing cables (silver-colored) [2] on the cable drive pulley [1] 7.5 times with thelonger of the two on top; then, secure it in position with a cable clip [3].

Figure 11-218

Figure 11-219

[2]

Shorter end

Longer end

[1]

Face with a marking

[1]

[3]

Top view

[3]

Page 281: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-16

2) Put the cable drive pulley [1] into the shaft [4], and secure it in position with an E-ring [5].When putting the cable drive pulley into the shaft, be sure that the hook is at the front.

Figure 11-220

3) Hook the shorter end [6] on the pulley [7].

Figure 11-221

[5]

Hook

(front)

[1]

[4]

[7]

[6]

Page 282: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-17

4) Lead the shorter end [6] under the No. 1 mirror mount [8] and the No. 2/3 mirror mount [9]; then,hook it on the left rear pulley [10] and the pulley [11] of the No. 2/3 mirror mount.

Figure 11-222

5) After fitting the shorter end [6] on the cable hook [12], secure its end with adhesive tape [13].Be sure that the secured end of the cable is found where the hole in the left side plate and the tipof the cable matches.

Figure 11-223

[10]

[11]

[6]

[8]

[9]

[6]

[12][13]

Page 283: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-18

6) Lead the longer end [14] along the cable drive pulley, and hook it on the pulley [15] on the rightfront side.

Figure 11-224

7) Lead the longer end [14] under the No. 1 mirror mount [8] and the No. 2/3 mirror mount [9];then, hook it on the pulley [16] on the left front side and the pulley [17] of the No. 2/3 mirrormount.

Figure 11-225

[14]

[15]

[1]

[8]

[17]

[9]

[16][14]

Page 284: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-19

8) Hook the longer cable [14] on the cable hook [18]; then, secure its end to the left side withadhesive tape [19].Be sure that the secured end of the cable is found where the hole in the left side plate and the tipof the cable matches.

Figure 11-226

[18] [19]

[14]

Page 285: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-20

3. Routing the Forwarding Cable

1) Fit the longer end forwarding cable (black) [2] on the top hook of the cable drive pulley [1], andwind it 1.5 times. Then, secure the shorter end [3] as shown with adhesive tape [4].

Figure 11-227

2) Lead the longer end [5] along the cable drive pulley [1] as shown, and hook it on the pulley [6]on the right front side.

Figure 11-228

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

Face without a marking

[5]

[6]

[1]

Page 286: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-21

3) Lead the longer end [5] under the No. 1 mirror mount [7]; then, hook it on the pulley [8] of the No.2/3 mirror mount, and lead it between the No. 1 mirror mount [7] and the scanning lamp [9].

Figure 11-229

4) Hook the end of the longer end [5] on the hole [10] on the right side.

Figure 11-230

[5]

[7]

[8]

[9]

[5]

[10]

Page 287: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-22

5) Free the shorter end [3], and hook it on the pulley [11] on the right rear side.

Figure 11-231

6) Lead the shorter end [3] under the No. 1 mirror mount [7], and hook it on the pulley [12] of theNo. 2/3 mirror mount as shown; then, lead it between the No. 1 mirror mount [7] and thescanning lamp [9].

Figure 11-232

[11]

[3]

[7]

[9]

[3]

[12]

Page 288: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-23

7) Hook the end of the shorter end [3] on the hole [13] on the right side.

Figure 11-233

8) Free the shorter end [3] and the longer end [5] (reversing cable), and connect both with a spring[14]; then, fit the stopper [15].

Figure 11-234

[3] [13]

[14][3]

[15]

[5]

Page 289: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-24

9) Detach the pulley clip [16] from the cable drive pulley [1].

Figure 11-235

[1] [16]

Page 290: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-25

4. Positioning the No. 1 Mirror Mount

1) Fix the rear and the front of the No. 1 mirror mount [1] temporarily to the metal fixing [2] of theforwarding cable.

Figure 11-236 (rear)

Figure 11-237 (front)

[1]

[2]

[1]

[2]

Page 291: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-26

2) Turn the cable drive pulley [4] so that the three shafts [3] of the mirror positioning tool for rear andfront is as shown.

Figure 11-238 (rear)

Figure 11-239 (front)

[4][3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

Page 292: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-27

3) While keeping the condition of step 2), tighten the positioning screw on the rear and front of theNo. 1 mirror mount [1].

Figure 11-240 (rear)

Figure 11-241 (front)

[1]

[1]

Page 293: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-28

f. Point to Note When Mounting the Scanning LampWhen mounting the scanning lamp, be sure that its logo mark (manufacturer’s name) is toward

the front. Further, be sure that the protrusion near its middle is as shown.

Figure 11-242

Caution:• If you have replaced the scanning lamp, you must adjust the intensity of the lamp (p. 11-42)

and perform AE adjustment.• Do not touch the lamp when handling it.

Logo mark

Scanning lamp

45˚ (approx.)

(mirror mount moving in reverse)

(front)

Page 294: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-29

g. Points to Note When Mounting the FuseWhen mounting the thermal fuse of the No. 1 mirror mount, be sure that the fuse is oriented as

shown.Make sure that the fuse is in contact with the reflecting plate.

Figure 11-243

(front)

Thermal fuse

Reflecting plate

Page 295: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-30

B. ADF

1. Adjusting the Original Stop PositionAdjust the original stop position in the following order:

1. Correcting original skew2. Adjusting the rear/front original stop position3. Adjusting the original leading edge stop position

2. Correcting Original Skew1) Obtain a sheet of A4 or LTR white copy paper, and draw two lines as indicated.

• The sheet will be used as a test sheet.

Figure 11-244

2) Turn on the machine, and place the test sheet prepared in step 1) on the original tray.

Figure 11-245

10mm

10m

m

A4/LTR copy papper

Page 296: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-31

3) Press the Copy Start key to make a copy.4) Check to make sure that the difference between L1 and L2 on the copy is 1.8 mm (standard) or

less.

Figure 11-246

5) If the difference is not as specified, turn the adjusting screw found to the side of the left hingeunit to make adjustments.

Figure 11-247

Relationship between Adjusting Screw and L1/L2

Table 11-203

Direction of turnClockwise

Counterclockwise

Relationship between L1 and L2L1 > L2L1 < L2

Copy image

L1 L2

280mm

L1-L2=0 ± 1.8mm

Adjusting screw

Page 297: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-32

3. Adjusting the Rear/Front Original Stop PositionYou must first correct original skew before adjusting the rear/front original stop position.

1) Obtain a sheet of A4 or LTR white copy paper, and draw two lines as indicated.• The sheet will be used as a test sheet.

Figure 11-248

2) Remove the original tray cover from below the original tray.

Figure 11-249

10mm

10m

m

A4/LTR copy papper

Originaltray cover

Page 298: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-33

3) Turn on the machine, and place the test sheet prepared in step 1) on the original tray.

Figure 11-250

4) Press the Copy Start key to make a copy.5) Check to make sure that the distance L3 on the copy image indicated is 10 ±2.5 mm (standard)

or less.

Figure 11-251

Copy image

L3

L3=10 ± 2.5mm

Page 299: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-34

6) If the distance is not as specified, loosen the pinion gear positioning screw under the originaltray, and adjust the position of the pinion gear.

Figure 11-252

Relationship between Pinion Gear Position and L3

Table 11-204

Direction of pinion gearAB

L3IncreasesDecreases

Pinion gear positioningscrew

Pinion gear

A

B

Page 300: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-35

4. Adjusting the Original Leading Edge Stop PositionYou must first correct original skew and adjust the rear/front original stop position before

adjusting the original leading edge stop position.1) Obtain a sheet of A4 or LTR white copy paper, and draw two lines as indicated.

• The sheet will be used as a test sheet.

Figure 11-253

2) Remove the screw, and remove the ADF controller cover.

Figure 11-254

10mm

10m

mA4/LTR copy papper

ADF controller coverScrew

Page 301: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-36

3) Turn on the machine, and place the test sheet prepared in step 1) on the original tray.

Figure 11-255

4) Press the Copy Start key to make a copy.5) Check to make sure that the distance L4 on the copy image indicated is 10 +2.0, -2.5 mm

(standard) or less.

Figure 11-256

Copy image

L4

L4=10 ± 2.0mm

Page 302: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-37

6) If the distance is not as specified, shift bit 1 of the DIP switch (SW1) on the ADF controllerPCB to ON, and place an A4 or LTR white copy paper on the original tray.

Figure 11-257

7) Press the push switch (PSW) on the ADF controller PCB.• The copy paper will be picked up from the original tray and stopped on the copyboard glass.

Figure 11-258

0FE

DC

B A 9 8 765

43

21ON

1 2

ON

1 2

SW1

0FE

DC

B A 9 8 765

43

21ON

1 2

PSW

Page 303: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-38

8) Use the rotary switch (SW2) on the ADF controller PCB to adjust the original leading edgestop position.Moving the rotary switch by a single notch changes the original stop position by about 0.3 mm.Press the push switch (PSW) after deciding on a position to discharge the copy paper and storethe optimum value.

Figure 11-259

Relationship between Rotary Switch Direction and Original Position

Table 11-205

Position (shift) of originalToward leading edgeToward trailing edge

Direction of rotary switchClockwise

Counterclockwise

0FE

DC

B A 9 765

43

21ON

1 2

PSW

SW2

8

Page 304: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-39

Example:If L4 is 13 mm,You must shift the original stop position toward the leading edge by 3 mm.

1) Place a sheet of A4 or LTR white copy paper on the original tray.2) Shift bit 1 of the DIP switch (SW1) on the ADF controller PCB to ON; then, push the push

switch (PSW) to pick up the copy paper.

Figure 11-260

3) Turn the rotary switch (SW2) on the ADF controller PCB clockwise by 10 notches.

Figure 11-261

0FE

DC

B A 9 8 765

43

21ON

1 2

ON

1 2

SW1

0FE

DC

B A 9 76

54

3

21ON

1 2

SW2

8

Page 305: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-40

4) Press the push switch (PSW) on the ADF controller PCB.• The copy paper on the copyboard will be discharged, and the optimum value will be stored.

Figure 11-262

0FE

DC

B A 9 8 765

43

21ON

1 2

PSW

Page 306: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-41

C. Electrical

1. After Replacing the Major Parts

*1: If you have replaced the composite power supply PCB, check copy images using the TestSheet; if (and only if) an image fault is found, adjust the intensity of the scanning lamp andexecute AE adjustment.

Table 11-206

Adjustment1. Intensity of the scanning lamp2. AE mechanism

1. AE mechanism

(1. Intensity of the scanning lamp)(2. AE mechanism)

1. Intensity of the scanning lamp2. AE mechanism3. Leading edge non-image width4. Image leading edge margin5. Reproduction ratio (fine adjustment)

1. Excute original leading edge stop position ad-justment

PartsScanning lamp

AE sensor PCB

Composite power supplyPCB*1

DC controller PCB

ADF controller PCB

Page 307: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-42

2. Adjusting the Intensity of the Scanning LampAdjust the intensity of the scanning lamp if you have replaced any of the following:• DC controller PCB• Composite power supply PCB (See p.11-41.)• Scanning lamp

Caution:If you have performed this adjustment, you must always perform AE adjustment.

Making Adjustments1) Set a cartridge in the machine.2) Set the density correction switch (SW101) to its middle index.

Figure 11-263

3) Turn off the AE mechanism, and set the copy density adjusting lever on the control panel to itsmiddle index.

4) Place the Test Sheet on the copyboard, and make a copy.5) Turn VR107 on the DC controller PCB gradually until gray scale No. 9 is barely visible.

Figure 11-264

Table 11-207

VR107 and Copy Density

Direction of VR107Clockwise

Counterclockwise

Copy densityLighterDarker

SW101

VR107

J102

J101

J107

J101

J131

VR103VR102 J103

J130 J114

J104

J105 J109

J106

J102

VR104VR105VR106

VR107

Page 308: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-43

3. AE AdjustmentPerform this adjustment if you have replaced any of the following:• DC controller PCB• Composite power supply PCB (See p.11-41.)• AE sensor PCB• Scanning lamp

Making AdjustmentsBefore Starting the Work• Obtain a newspaper with more or less even print. (Avoid ones with many photos or large

display text.)• Obtain five sheets of white sheets of paper.• Be sure that the intensity of the scanning lamp has been adjusted when you have replaced the

scanning lamp.• Set the density correction switch (SW101) to the middle setting. If the machine is not

equipped with a density correction switch, set the density adjusting lever to the middle set-ting.

1) Short JP103 and JP104 on the DC controller PCB.

Figure 11-265

2) While keeping the condition in step 1), turn on the power.• The scanning lamp will turn on, and the main motor (M1) will rotate.

3) Stop shorting JP103 and JP104.

JP104 JP103

SERVICE

Page 309: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-44

4) Turn VR103 on the DC controller PCB fully clockwise.

Figure 11-266

5) Place a newspaper on the copyboard, and close the copyboard cover.6) Turn VR102 so that the display indicates ‘A3’ to ‘Ad’.

Figure 11-267

7) Remove the newspaper from the copyboard, and place five sheets of copy paper in its place;then, close the copyboard cover.

8) Turn VR103 on the DC controller PCB so that the display will indicate ‘52’ to ‘5c’.

Figure 11-268

VR103

J102

J101

J107

J101

J131

VR103VR102 J103

J130 J114

J104

J105 J109

J106

J102

VR104VR105VR106

VR107

VR102

J102

J101

J107

J101

J131

VR103VR102 J103

J130 J114

J104

J105 J109

J106

J102

VR104VR105VR106

VR107

VR103

J102

J101

J107

J101

J131

VR103VR102 J103

J130 J114

J104

J105 J109

J106

J102

VR104VR105VR106

VR107

Page 310: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-45

9) Repeat steps 5) through 8) so that the values of both VR102 and VR103 are target values.

Caution:If you cannot set VR102 and VR103 to the target values at the same time, turn VR103 fullycounterclockwise, and go back to step 5) and make adjustments once again.

10) Make a copy, and check to make sure that it is free of fogging and its text is adequately dark.• If the copy is foggy or its text is too light, go back to step 1) and start over.• If the results of adjustment for a second time are not good, make adjustments using the den-

sity correction switch (SW101).

Figure 11-269

SW101

Lighter

Darker

Page 311: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-46

4. Adjusting the Reproduction Ratio (fine adjustment)Adjust the reproduction ratio if you have replaced the following:• DC controller PCB

Making AdjustmentsBefore Starting the Work• Meter

1) Before replacing the DC controller PCB, turn on the power; then, connect the meter probes toCP23 and GND on the DC controller PCB, and measure the voltage.+ probe ........CP23- probe .........GND

Figure 11-270

2) After replacing the DC controller PCB, measure the voltage as in step 1); then, turn VR106 onthe DC controller PCB so that the reading is the same as before replacement.

VR106 CP23 GND

VR106

VR107

VR104 VR105C

PG

ND

1

CP

23

Page 312: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-47

5. Checking the Photointerrupters1) Set the meter range to 12 VDC.2) Connect the - probe to GND (CPGND1) on the DC controller PCB.

Figure 11-271

3) Make checks as instructed.

Reference:The photointerrupers other than those shown in Table 11-209 are connected in a matrix, hence

the omission from the table.

Table 11-208

Sensor

PS1Scanner home positionsensor (SCHP)

PS2Lens home position sen-sor (LHP)

PS4Vertical path roller pa-per sensor (PDP)

Q751Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor (RPD)

Checks

During standby, movethe scanner by hand.

During standby, movethe lens mount byhand.

During standby, movethe detecting lever byhand.

During standby, movethe detecting lever byhand.

When the light-block-ing plate is at PS1,When the light-block-ing plate is not at PS1,When the light-block-ing plate is at PS2,When the light-block-ing plate is not at PS2,When the light-block-ing plate is at PS4,When the light-block-ing plate is not at PS4,When the light-block-ing plate is at Q751,When the light-blocking plate is not atQ751,

Connector

J101-3

J109-10

J132-5

J108-3

Voltage(approx.)

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

0V

5V

GND

VR106

VR107

VR104 VR105

CP

GN

D1

CP

23

Page 313: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-48

III. TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE FAULTS

A. Making Initial Checks

1. Site EnvironmentCheck the site against the following considerations:

a. The voltage of the power source is as rated.b. The site must not be subject to high temperature or humidity (as near a water faucet, water

boiler, humidifier) or dust. The machine must not be near a source of fire.c. The site must not be subject to ammonium gas.d. The machine must not be exposed to direct rays of the sun. (As necessary, instruct the user to

provide curtains.)e. The site must be well ventilated.f. The machine must be kept level.

2. Checking the OriginalsCheck the originals to find out whether the problem in question is caused by the machine or the

originals.a. The copy density adjusting lever is often best if set to the middle index.b. Originals with a red tint tend to produce copies with poor contrast; e.g., red sheets.c. Originals which are diazo copies or with transparency tend to produce copies which can be

mistaken for "foggy" copies.Originals prepared in pencil tend to produce copies with "light" images.

3. Copyboard Cover and Copyboard GlassIf the copyboard cover or the copyboard glass is soiled, clean it with mild detergent solution or

alcohol; if scratched, replace it.

4. LensCheck the lens for dirt. If any, clean it with a cotton swab.

5. Checking the Transfer Charging Rollera. Check the transfer charging roller for dirt or fault (scratches).

6. Feeding AssemblyCheck the feeding assembly for dirt. If any dirt is found, clean it with a moist cloth.

7. Copy Papera. Is copy paper of a type recommended by Canon?b. Is copy paper moist?

Try paper fresh out of package.

Page 314: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-49

8. Consumablea. Cartridge

When the cartridge starts to run out of toner, copies will start to have white lines or spots asshown.

Figure 11-301

Try the following as necessary:1) Take out the cartridge from the machine, and shake it several times.

Figure 11-302

2) Set the cartridge back into the machine, and make copies.• If the copies are normal,

You may continue to use the cartridge, but the user must know that it must be replaced witha new cartridge soon.

• If the copies are not normal,Replace the new cartridge.

Page 315: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-50

9. OthersWhen a machine is brought in from a cold place (e.g., warehouse) to a warm place, condensa-

tion can occur inside it, leading to various problems; e.g.,a. Condensation on the scanner (glass, lens, mirror, reflecting plate) will cause dark images.b. The drum is likely to be cold (high OPC electrical resistance), not enabling good contrast.c. Condensation in the pickup/feeding assembly tends to cause feeding faults.d. Condensation on the lower roller of the manual feed assembly will reduce friction, causing

pickup faults.If condensation is noted, dry wipe the parts in question.The cartridge can develop condensation if it is opened immediately after it has been brought

from a cold to warm place. Instruct the user so that the cartridge is not opened before it has becomeused to the room temperature (one to two hours).

Page 316: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-51

Page 317: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

11-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-52

NOTE: The samples are created intentionally. The NA-3 Test Sheet was copied in the direct mode in A3 and printed with a reduction of about 19%; actual images may be somewhat different.

Page 318: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-53

C. Troubleshooting Image Faults

1 The copy is too light. (halftone area only)2 The copy is too light. (including solid area)3 The copy is too light. (enter image, appreciably)

YES/NOYES

NO

NO

YES

YES

NO

YESNO

CauseLens, Reflect-ing plate, AEsensor, Staticeliminator---------------

Transfercharging roller

Copy paper

Transfer lowerguide, Varis-tor

Compositepower supplyPCB, DCcontrollerPCB

CartridgeDevelopingbias, Develop-ing biasterminal

Step1

2

3

4

5

6

ChecksClean the lens, reflecting plate, AE sensor,and static eliminator. Is the problemcorrected?

Turn off the power in the middle of acopying run, and open the machine’s topunit. Is the toner image before transfermore or less normal? (Be sure to make acheck in a short time to protect the drumfrom light.)Is the transfer charging roller normal?

Try fresh copy paper. Is the problemcorrected?

Measure the electrical resistance on thetransfer lower guide plate and the sideplate (metal) of the fixing assembly. Is it0Ω?

Replace the cartridge. Is the problemcorrected?

ActionEnd.

Go to step 6.

1. Mount the transfercharging rollercorrectly.

2. Replace the transfercharging roller.

1. The copy paper maybe moist. Instruct theuser on the correctmethod of storage.

2. Inform the user thatusing non-recom-mended paper maynot bring the bestresults.

1. Check to find out ifthe transfer lowerguide happens to be incontact with a metalpart (side plate).

2. Replace the varistor.1. Check the transfer

high-voltage terminalcontacts for electricalcontinuity.

2. Check the compositepower supply and theDC controller PCB.

End.Replace the electric unit(composite power supplyPCB, DC controllerPCB).

Page 319: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-54

4 The copy has uneven density. (darker at front)5 The copy has uneven density. (lighter at front)

YES/NOYES

YES

NO

CauseScanner

Cartridge,Scanninglamp

Transferchargingroller

Step1

2

ChecksClean the scanning lamp, reflectingplate, lens, and mirror. Is the problemcorrected?Turn off the power in the middle of acopying run, and open the machine. Isthe toner image on the photosensitivedrum before transfer more or lessuneven?

ActionEnd.

1. Replace the car-tridge.

2. Replace the scan-ning lamp.

1. Mount the transfercharging rollercorrectly.

2. Replace the transfercharging rollercorrectly.

6 The copy is foggy. (entire face)

YES/NONO

YES

NO

YES

Cause---------------

Scanner

Groundingspring

Scanninglamp, Devel-oping bias

Step1

2

3

ChecksIs the density correction switch(SW101) or the density adjusting leverset to the middle setting?

Clean the scanning lamp, reflectingplate, lens, and mirror. Is the problemcorrected?Set the cartridge in the machine. Isthere electrical continuity between thePCB of the base of the drum and themachine’s top unit?

ActionSet the switch or thelever to the middlesetting, and make acopy. If the image isstill foggy, to step 2).End.

Check to see if thegrounding spring ismounted correctly (inreference to the drumdrive gear).1. Check the activation

of the scanninglamp.

2. Check the develop-ing assembly.

Page 320: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-55

10 The copy has white spots. (vertical)11 The copy has white lines. (vertical)

YES/NOYES

YES

YES

YES

NO

CauseFixingassembly

Cartridge

Static elimi-natorTransferchargingroller

Cartridge

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksTurn off the power in the middle of acopying run, and open the machine’stop unit. Does the copy image beforemoving through the fixing assemblyhave white spots or white lines?Shake the cartridge several times. Isthe problem corrected?

Clean the static eliminator. Is theproblem corrected?Is there foreign matter or scratches inthe transfer charging roller assembly?

ActionCheck the fixingassembly.

Inform the user thatthe cartridge is run-ning out of toner.End.

Remove the foreignmatter, or replace thetransfer chargingroller.Replace the cartridge.

7 The copy is foggy vertically.8 The copy has black lines. (vertical, fuzzy, thick)9 The copy has black lines. (vertical, fine)

YES/NOYES

YES

YESNO

CauseScanner

Transferguide assem-blyCartridge

Step1

2

3

ChecksClean the scanning lamp, reflectingplate, lens, and mirror. Is the problemcorrected?Clean the transfer guide assembly. Isthe problem corrected?

Take out and then set the cartridgeonce again. Is the problem corrected?

ActionEnd.

End.

End.Replace the cartridge.

Page 321: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-56

13 The back of the copy is soiled.

YES/NONO

YES

YES

NO

Cause---------------

Transferguide assem-bly

FeedingassemblyPickup guideassembly,Deliveryroller

Step1

2

3

ChecksTurn off the power while copy paper ismoving through the feeding assembly.Is the back of the paper soiled?Is the transfer guide assembly soiled?

Is the feeding assembly soiled?

ActionGo to step 3.

1. Clean the transferguide.

2. Clean the registra-tion roller.

3. Check the varistor.4. Check the cartridge

for leakage of toner.Clean the feedingassembly.Clean the pickup guideassembly and thedelivery roller.

12 The copy has white spots. (horizontal)

YES/NOYES

YES

Yes

NO

CauseCopy paper

Scanner rail

Scanninglamp, Devel-oping bias

Step1

2

3

ChecksIs the paper of a recommended type?

Try paper fresh out of package. Is theproblem corrected?

Is the problem noted at the sameposition on all copies?

ActionTry a recommendtype. If the results aregood, ask the user touse a recommendedtype.The paper may bemoist. Instruct the useron the correct methodof storing paper.1. Check the scanner

rail for foreignmatter.

2. Adjust the tensionof the scanner cable.

Check the scanninglamp for flickeringand the presence/absence of a develop-ing bias.

Page 322: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-57

14 The copy has a fixing fault.

YES/NONO

YES

NO

YES

CauseCopy paper

Fixing film

Fixing heater

DC control-ler PCB,Compositepowersupply PCB

Step1

2

3

ChecksIs the copy paper of a recommendedtype?

Is the problem vertical and, in addi-tion, in the form of lines?

Does the heater turn on when the CopyStart key is pressed?

ActionTry a recommendedtype. If the results aregood, ask the user touse a recommendedtype.Check the fixing filmand the fixing lowerroller for scratches. Ifthere are scratches,replace them.See “The fixing heaterfails to turn on.”The control tempera-ture of the fixingheater is likely to betoo low. Check thefixing assembly topunit, DC controllerPCB, and compositepower supply PCB.

15 The copy has a misplaced leading edge. (extremely excess margin)16 The copy has a misplaced leading edge. (excess margin)17 The copy has a misplaced leading edge (no margin)

YES/NONO

NO

YES

NO

NO

YES

CausePickuproller,Pickupclutch,CassetteSensor(PS1), Light-blockingplateVR104

Solenoid(SL2), DCcontrollerPCBCopy paper

Registrationclutch

Step1

2

3

4

5

ChecksMake copies using the cassette andmanually. Are the results the same?

Are the scanner home position sensor(PS1) and the light-blocking platenormal? (See the instructions on howto check the photointerrupter.)Adjust the image leading edge margin.(p. 11-6) Is the problem corrected?Does the registration clutch solenoid(SL2) operate normally?

Is the paper of a recommended type?

ActionCheck the pickuproller, pickup clutch,and cassette. Or,replace them.

Replace the sensor, orcheck the light-blocking plate.

End.

1. Check the solenoid(SL2).

2. Check the DCcontrol PCB.

Try a recommendedtype. If the results aregood, ask the user touse a recommendedtype.Check the registrationclutch.

Page 323: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-58

19 The copy has horizontal fogging.

YES/NOYES

YESNO

YES

NO

CauseScanninglampCartridge,High-voltagetransformerassembly

ScanningsystemFeedingsystem

Step1

2

3

ChecksDoes the scanning lamp flicker?

Replace the cartridge. Is the problemcorrected?

Make a reduced copy, and compare itagainst one made in Direct. Is theproblem found at different positions?

ActionReplace the scanninglamp.End.Check the high-voltage transformer(composite powersupply PCB).Check the scanningsystem.Check the feedingsystem.

18 The copy has a blurred image.

YES/NOYES

NO

YES

YES

NO

CauseScannerdrive cable

Scanner rail

---------------

FeedingsystemCartridge

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksDoes the cable wind on itself when thescanner is moving? Or, is the cable tooslack or too taut?

Move the No. 1 mirror mount slowlyby hand. Does it move slowly?

Is abnormal noise heard from thescanner motor?

Does the copy paper spring up or stoparound the transfer assembly?

Action1. Route the cable

correctly.2. If the cable is

twisted or frayed,replace it.

Clean the surface ofthe scanner rail withalcohol. Then, applylubricant. (CK-0551)See "The scanner failsto move forward/inreverse."Check the feedingassembly for burrs.Replace the cartridge.

Page 324: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-59

20 The copy has poor sharpness. (out-of-focus)

YES/NOYES

YES

NO

NO

YESNO

Cause---------------

Original

Lens

Mirrorposition

ScannerCartridge

Step1

2

3

4

5

ChecksIs the image also too light?

Is the original off the copyboard glass?

Turn off and then on the power switch.Does the lens move smoothly?

Is the horizontal ratio in Direct withinspecification?

Clean the scanning lamp, reflectingplate, mirror, and lens. Is the problemcorrected?

ActionCorrect the lightimage problem first.1. Check the

copyboard cover toosee if it happens tobe warping.

2. Instruct the user onthe correct methodof placing originals.

Check the lens rail forforeign matter, andclean it.Adjust the distancebetween No. 1 mirrorand the No. 2 mirror.End.Replace the cartridge.

21 The copy is blank.

YES/NONO

YESNO

NO

NO

YES

NO

CauseCartridge

Drum driveassemblyHigh-voltagetransformer

Primaryhigh-voltagechargingterminal,cartridge

Step1

23

4

5

6

ChecksIs the cartridge set in the machine?

Does the cartridge have toner?Has the open seal been removed?

Set the cartridge in the machine, andclose the machine. Does the drumcover shutter open properly?Does the drum drive gear rotatenormally?Is the primary charging terminal onthe front left of the cartridge in firmcontact with the high-voltage terminalat the machine's bottom?

ActionSet the cartridge in themachine.Replace the cartridge.Remove the openingseal.Check the cartridge.

Check the drum driveassembly.Check the high-voltage transformer(composite powersupply PCB).1. Check the contacts

for electrical conti-nuity.

2. Replace the car-tridge

Page 325: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-60

22 The copy is solid black.

YES/NONO

YES

Cause---------------

Step1

ChecksDoes the scanning lamp remain onduring copying?

ActionSee “The scanninglamp fails to turn on.”Is the cartridge setcorrectly?

Page 326: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-61

IV. TROUBLESHOOTING MALFUNCTIONS

A. Troubleshooting Malfunctions

1 E0

YES/NOYES

NO

Cause----------------

Step1

Checks1) Turn off the power, and short JP101

and JP102 on the DC controllerPCB with a screwdriver.

Figure 11-401

2) While keeping the condition in step1), turn on the power switch.

3) Is an error code indicated in re-sponse to a press on the Copy Startkey?

ActionSee the instructionsgiven for the respec-tive error code.End.

JP102 JP101

JP10

1

JP10

2

Page 327: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-62

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

11-62

2 E000

YES/NONO

NO

YES

YES

NO

CauseThermistor(TH1)

Heater,Fuse (FU2)

Thermistor(TH1)Compositepowersupply PCBDC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksAre the connection of J102 on the DCcontroller PCB and the wiring to thethermistor (TH1) normal?

Is there electrical continuity betweenJ207-1 and -2 on the fixing heaterside?

Replace the fixing upper unit. Is theproblem corrected?Replace the composite power supplyPCB. Is the problem corrected?

ActionCorrect the connectionof J102 on the DCcontroller PCB and thewiring to the ther-mistor (TH1).Check the wiring fromthe composite powersupply PCB to thefixing heater; ifnormal, replace thefixing assembly upperunit.End.

End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

3 E001

YES/NONO

YES

YES

NO

CauseThermistor(TH1)

Thermistor

Compositepowersupply PCBDC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

ChecksAre the connection of J102 on the DCcontroller PCB and the wiring to thethermistor (TH1) normal?

Replace the fixing assembly upperunit. Is the problem corrected?Replace the composite power supplyPCB. Is the problem corrected?

ActionCorrect the connectionof J102 on the DCcontroller PCB and thewiring to the ther-mistor (TH1).End.

End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

Page 328: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-63

4 E002, E003

YES/NONO

NO

YES

YES

NO

CauseThermistor(TH1)

Heater,Fuse (FU2)

Thermistor(TH1)Compositepowersupply PCBDC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksIs the connection of J102 on the DCcontroller PCB and the wiring to thethermistor (TH1) normal?

Is there electrical continuity betweenJ207-1 and -2 on the fixing heaterside?

Replace the fixing assembly upperunit. Is the problem corrected?Replace the composite power supplyPCB. Is the problem corrected?

ActionCorrect the connectionof J102 on the DCcontroller PCB and thewiring to the ther-mistor (TH1).Check the wiring fromthe composite powersupply PCB to thefixing heater; ifnormal, replace thefixing upper unit.End.

End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

5 E010

YES/NONO

NO

NO

YES

NO

CauseWiring 1

Wiring 2

DC powersupply

Main motor(M1)DC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksAre the connection of J205 on thecomposite power supply PCB and thewiring to the main motor (M1) nor-mal?

Is the wiring from J203 and J202 onthe composite power supply PCB toJ103 and J105, respectively, on the DCcontroller PCB normal?Turn on the power switch. Is thevoltage between J901-1 (+) and -2 (-)on the main motor drive PCB about 24V?

Replace the main motor (M1). Is theproblem corrected?

ActionCorrect the connectionof J205 on the com-posite power supplyPCB and the wiring tothe main motor (M1).Correct the connectionand wiring of theconnectors.

Check the wiring fromthe main motor driverPCB to the compositepower supply PCB; ifnormal, see “DCpower fails to turnon.”End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

Page 329: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-64

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

11-64

6 E064

YES/NOYES

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

CauseWiring

High-voltagecontact

TransferchargingrollerPrimarychargingrollerHigh-voltagecableCompositepowersupply PCBDC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

4

5

6

ChecksTurn off and then on the power switch;then, set the copy count to '1'. Is 'E064'indicated at the end of a copying run?

Is the connection between the high-voltage contacts of the machine's topand bottom units normal?

Is the transfer charging roller or thecontact faulty?

Replace the cartridge. Is the problemcorrected?

Does the high-voltage cable havescratches or tears?Replace the composite power supplyPCB. Is the problem corrected?

ActionCheck the wiringbetween the DCcontroller PCB and thecomposite powersupply PCB. Checkthe wiring between thecomposite powersupply PCB and thehigh-voltage contactPCB.Correct the high-voltage contacts of themachine's top andbottom units.Replace the transfercharging roller.

End.

Replace the high-voltage cable.End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

7 The keys on the control panel are locked. ('E202')

YES/NONO

NO

YES

Cause----------------

Scannerhome posi-tion sensor(PS1)DC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

ChecksIs the scanner in the home positionwhen 'E202' turns on?Is the scanner home position sensor(PS1) normal? (For instructions onhow to check photointerrupers, see p.11-47.)

ActionSee “The scanner failsto move forward.”Check the wiring fromJ101 on the DCcontroller PCB to PS1;if normal, replace PS1.Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

Page 330: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-65

8 E210

YES/NONO

NO

YES

Cause----------------

Lens homepositionsensor (PS2)

DC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

ChecksDoes the lens move when the power isturned on?Is the lens home position sensor (PS2)normal? (For instructions on how tocheck the photointerrupers, see p. 11-47.)

ActionSee “The lens fails tomove.”Check the wiring fromJ109 on the DCcontroller PCB to PS2;if normal, replace PS2.Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

9 E220

YES/NONO

YES

NO

Cause----------------

Compositepowersupply PCBDC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

ChecksDoes the scanning lamp turn on whenthe Copy Start key is pressed?Replace the composite power supplyPCB. Is the problem corrected?

ActionSee “The scanninglamp fails to turn on.”End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

10 E240

YES/NONO

YES

NO

CauseWiring

Compositepowersupply PCBDC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

ChecksIs the wiring from J203 and J204 onthe composite power supply PCB andJ103 and J104, respectively, on the DCcontroller PCB normal?Replace the composite power supplyPCB. Is the problem corrected?

ActionCorrect the connectionand the wiring of theconnectors.

End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

11 E261

YES/NOYES

NO

CausePowersupplyfrequency

Compositepowersupply PCB

Step1

ChecksTurn off and then on the power switch.Is the problem corrected?

ActionEnd. However, if‘E261’ occurs fre-quently, advise theuser to use a frequencystabilizer.Replace the compositepower supply PCB.

Page 331: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-66

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

11-66

12 E400

YES/NOYES

NO

YESNO

Cause----------------

5V powersupply

ADF con-troller PCB

Step1

2

3

ChecksTurn off and then on the power. Is theprobrem corrected?

Set the matter to the 20VDC range,and connect the + probe to the foot ofthe push swich on the ADF controllerPCB and the - probe to the copierground. Is the voltage about 5V?

Figure 11-402

Replace the ADF controller PCB. Isthe problem corrected?

ActionEnd. (Check thewiring between thecopier’s DC controllerPCB and the ADFcontroller PCB.)Replace the ADFcontroller PCB.

End.Replace the copier’sDC controller PCB.

0FE

DC

B A 9 8 76

54

3

21ON

1 2

13 E803

YES/NOYES

YES

NO

CauseMalfunction

DC control-ler PCB.Compositepowersupply PCB

Step1

2

ChecksTurn off and then on the power switch.Is the problem corrected?Replace the DC controller PCB. Is theproblem corrected?

ActionEnd.

End.

Replace the compositepower supply PCB.

Page 332: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-67

14 AC power fails to turn on.

YES/NONO

YES

NO

NO

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

NO

CausePower plug

----------------

Machine topunitPowersupply

Fuse(FU501)

Fuse(FU102)

Door switch(DS1)

Noise filterPCBHarness

Connectorconnection 1

Connectorconnection 2

Controlpanel PCBCompositepowersupply PCB

Step1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

ChecksIs the power plug connected to thepower outlet?Turn on the power switch. Is ‘E0’indicated in the display?Is the machine’s top unit closedfirmly?Is the rated voltage present at thepower outlet?

Is the fuse (FU501) on the noise filterPCB blown?120V model: 250 V, 15 A220/240V model: 250 V, 6.3 A

Is the fuse (FU102) on the compositepower supply PCB blown?120V model: 125 V, 5 A220/240V model: 250 V, 2.5 A

Remove the door switch (DS1), andconnect the meter probes to F1 and F3or F2 and F4 of the faston of the doorswitch. Is the resistance about 0 Ωwhen the actuator is pressed add about∞ Ω when it is released?Is the rated voltage present betweenJ501-1 and -2?Is the rated voltage present betweenJ201-1 and J201-2?

Is there electrical continuity betweenJ111-15 on the DC controller PCB andJ301-15 on the control panel PCB?

Is there electrical continuity betweenJ204-1 on the composite power supplyPCB and J104-7 on the DC controllerPCB?

Replace the control panel PCB.Is theproblem corrected?

ActionConnect the powerplug.See the descriptionsunder “E0.”Close the machine'stop unit.Inform the user thatthe problem is not themachine’s.Remove the cause, andreplace the fuse.

Remove the cause ofthe problem, andreplace the fuse.

Replace the doorswitch (DS1).

Replace the noisefilter PCB.Check the connectorsand the wiring if theyare normal.Correct the electricalcontinuity of J111 onthe DC controller PCBand J301 on thecontrol panel PCB.Check the connectionof J104 on the DCcontroller PCB andJ204 on the compositepower supply PCB; ifnormal, replace theDC controller PCB.End.

Replace the compositepower supply PCB.

Page 333: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-68

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

11-68

15 DC power fails to turn on.

YES/NONO

YES

YES

NO

CauseAC powersupply

Wiring, DCload

Fuse

Compositepowersupply PCB

Step1

2

3

ChecksIs AC power present between J201-1and -2 on the composite power supplyPCB?Turn off the power switch, and discon-nect J202 and J205 from the compositepower supply PCB.Set the meter range to 30 VDC, andturn on the power switch. Is thevoltage between the following termi-nals normal?

Table 11-401

Is the fuse (FU102) on the compositepower supply PCB blown?120V model: 125 V, 5 V220/240V model: 250 V, 2.5 A

ActionSee “AC power failsto turn on.”

See the descriptionsunder “E0.”

Remove the cause ofthe problem, andreplace the fuse.Replace the compositepower supply PCB.

RemarksTo DCcontrollerPCB

To mainmotordriverPCB

ConnectorJ202

J205

Pin1234561234

OutputGND24V5V5V

GND24V

--

GND24V

Page 334: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-69

16 Pickup fails. (cassette)

YES/NONO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

CauseMain motor(M1)Cassette

Paper incassette

Pickupclutchsolenoid(SL1),Cassettepickupsolenoid(SL5)

CassettespringDC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

4

5

ChecksDoes the main motor (M1) rotate whenthe Copy Start key is pressed?Is the cassette set correctly?

Is the paper in the cassette placedcorrectly?

Set the meter range to 30 VDC, andconnect the meter probes to the fol-lowing terminals. Does the voltagechange to about 24 V in keeping withpickup operation?

Table 11-402

Is the force of the cassette springwithin specification? (See p. 11-10.)

ActionSee “The main motorfails to rotate.”Set the cassette cor-rectly.Instruct the user on thecorrect method ofplacing paper.Check the wiring fromthe solenoid to the DCcontroller PCB; ifnormal, replace thesolenoid.

Replace the cassettespring.Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

Pickup clutchsolenoid (SL1)Cassette pickupsolenoid (SL5)

+

J109-4

J132-2

-

J109-3

J132-1

Page 335: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-70

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

11-70

17 Pickup fails. (multifeeder)

YES/NONO

NO

NO

NO

YES

CauseWrongoperation

Main motor(M1)Paper place-ment

Multifeederpickupsolenoid(SL4),Pickupclutchsolenoid(SL1)DC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksIs the multifeeder selected on thecontrol panel?

Does the main motor (M1) rotate whenthe Copy Start key is pressed?Is the paper placed in the multifeedercorrectly?

Set the meter range to 30 VDC, andconnect the meter probes as indicated.Does the voltage change to about 24 Vin keeping with pickup operation?

Table 11-403

ActionInstruct the user on thecorrect way of operat-ing the machine.See “The main motorfails to rotate.”Instruct the user on thecorrect way of placingpaper.Check the wiring fromthe solenoid to the DCcontroller PCB; ifnormal, replace thesolenoid in question.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

Multifeederpickup solenoid(SL4)Pickup clutchsolenoid (SL1)

+

J109-8

J109-4

-

J109-7

J109-3

18 Pickup fails. (single-feeder)

YES/NONO

NO

YES

CauseMain motor(M1)Single-feederpaper sensor(PS5)

DC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

ChecksDoes the main motor rotate when theCopy Start key is pressed?Is the single-feeder paper sensor (PS5)normal?

ActionSee “The main motorfails to rotate.”Check the wiring fromJ113 to PS5 on the DCcontrol PCB; if nor-mal, replace PS5.Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

Page 336: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-71

19 The scanner fails to move forward.

YES/NONO

NO

NO

NO

YES

NO

CauseCable

Scanner path

Compositepowersupply PCB

Pre-registra-tion rollerpaper sensor(Q751)

Scanner/lensdrive motor(M2)DC controllerPCB

Step1

2

3

4

5

ChecksIs the scanner drive cable routedcorrectly?Is the scanner rail soiled?Move the scanner by hand. Does itmove smoothly?

Set the meter range to 30 VDC, andconnect the meter probes to J202-2 (+)and -1 (-) on the composite powersupply PCB. Is the meter readingabout 24 V?Is the pre-registration roller papersensor (Q751) normal? (For instruc-tions on how to check thephotointerrupers, see p. 11-47.)

Replace the scanner/lens drive motor(M2). Is the problem corrected?

ActionRoute the cablecorrectly.Check the surface ofthe scanner rail fordirt, foreign matter, orobject which mayinterfere.See “DC power failsto turn on.”

Check the wiring fromJ108 on the DCcontroller PCB toQ751; if normal,replace Q751.End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

20 The registration roller fails to rotate.

Yes/NoNo

No

No

Yes

No

CauseMain motor(M1)

Pre-registra-tion rollerpaper sensor(Q751)

Registrationroller springclutch

Registrationclutchsolenoid(SL2)DC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksDoes the main motor (M1) start torotate when the Copy Start key ispressed?Is the pre-registration roller papersensor (Q751) normal? (For instruc-tions on how to check thephotointerrupers, see p. 11-47.)

Does the registration clutch solenoid(SL2) turn on for a moment after theCopy Start key is pressed?

Set the meter range to 30 VDC. Doesthe voltage between J109-6 (+) and -5(-) on the DC controller PCB changeto about 24 V for a moment after theCopy Start key is pressed?

ActionSee “The main motorfails to rotate.”

Check the wiring fromJ108 on the DCcontroller PCB toQ751; if normal,replace Q751.Check the position ofthe solenoid; if nor-mal, check or replacethe control ring.Check the wiring fromJ109 on the DCcontroller PCB to SL2;if normal, replace SL2.Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

Page 337: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-72

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

11-72

21 The blanking lamp fails to turn on.

YES/NONO

YES

CauseSide blank-ing PCB

DC control-ler PCB

Step1

ChecksRemove J106 from the DC controlPCB, and set the meter range to 1 kΩ;then, connect the meter probes toJ106-1 and -2 on the harness side. Isthe meter reading about 20 Ω?

ActionCheck the harness; ifnormal, replace theside blanking PCB.Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

22 The scanning lamp fails to turn on.

YES/NONO

NO

NO

YES

NO

CauseScanninglamp

Fuse (FU1)

Lamp

DC control-ler PCBCompositepowersupply PCB

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksTurn off the power switch, and discon-nect the power plug from the poweroutlet.Is the scanning lamp (LA1)mounted correctly?Set the meter range to 1 kΩ, andconnect the meter probes to bothterminals of the fuse (FU1). Does theindex of the meter swing?Disconnect the connector J910 from thecomposite power supply PCB, and setthe tester range to 1kΩ.Does the tester index swing when theprobes are connected to J910-1 andJ910-3 on the lamp side?Replace the DC controller PCB. Is theproblem corrected?

ActionMount the scanninglamp correctly.

Replace the fuse(FU1).

Check the cable fromthe composite powersupply PCB to thelamp; if normal,replace the lamp.

End.

Check the wiringbetween the DCcontroller PCB and thecomposite powersupply PCB; if nor-mal, replace thecomposite powersupply PCB.

Page 338: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-73

23 The lens fails to turn on.

YES/NONO

NO

NO

YES

NO

CauseLens sole-noid (SL3)

Lens cable,Pulley, Rail

DC powersupply

Scanner/lensdrive motor(M2)DC controlPCB

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksDoes the lens solenoid (SL3) turn onwhen the power switch is turned on?

Are the lens cable, pulley, and railnormal?

Set the meter range to the 30 VDC,and connect J202-2 (+) and -1 (-) onthe composite power supply PCB. Isthe meter reading about 24 V?Replace the scanner/lens drive motor(M2). Is the problem corrected?

ActionCheck the wiring fromJ109 on the DCcontroller PCB to SL3;if normal, replace SL3.Check the lens cable,pulley, and rail; asnecessary, clean thecable and adjust itstension.See “DC power failsto turn on.”

End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

24 The fixing heater fails to turn on.

YES/NOYES

YES

NO

Cause----------------

DC control-ler PCBCompositepowersupply PCB

Step1

2

ChecksIs 'E0' indicated?

Replace the DC controller PCB. Is theproblem corrected?

ActionSee the descriptionsunder “E0.”End.

Replace the compositepower supply PCB.

Page 339: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-74

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

11-74

25 The "Add Paper" message fails to turn off.

YES/NONO

NO

NO

NO

YES

NO

CauseCassette

Lens cable,Pulley, Rail

DC powersupply

Vertical pathroller papersensor (PS4)

Controlpanel PCBDC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

3

4

5

ChecksIs the cassette set correctly?

Are the lens cable, pulley, and railnormal?

Set the meter range to 30 VDC, andconnect the meter probes to J202-2 (+)and -1 (-) on the composite powerPCB. Is the meter reading about 24 V?Is the vertical path roller paper sensor(PS4) normal? (For instructions onhow to check the photointerrupters,see p. 11-47.)

Replace the control panel PCB. Is theproblem corrected?

ActionSet the cassette cor-rectly.Check the lens cable,pulley, and rail; asnecessary, clean thecable and adjust itstension.See “The DC powerfails to turn on.”

Check the wiring fromJ132 on the DCcontroller PCB to PS4;if normal, replace thePS4.End.

Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

26 The "Jam" message fails to turn off.

YES/NOYES

NO

YES

CauseJam paper

Sensor

DC control-ler PCB

Step1

2

ChecksIs the jam paper near any of thefollowing sensors?• Vertical path roller paper sensor

(PS4)• Single-feeder paper sensor (PS5)• Pre-registration roller paper sensor

(Q751)• Delivery sensor (PS3)Is the sensor checked in step 1 nor-mal? (For instructions on how to checkthe photointerrupers, see p. 11-47.)

ActionRemove the jampaper.

Check the wiring fromthe DC controller PCBto each sensor; ifnormal, replace thesensor in question.Replace the DCcontroller PCB.

Page 340: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-75

V. TROUBLESHOOTING FEEDING PROBLEMS

A. Copy Paper Jam

Inside the machine, jams tend occur in the following blocks:[1] Pickup block[2] Separation/feeding block[3] Fixing/delivery block

The troubleshooting procedures that follow are organized according to the location of a jam.

Figure 11-501

[3] [2] [1]

Page 341: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-76

1 Pickup Assembly

YES/NONO

NO

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

Cause----------------

Cassette

Copy paper

Copy paper

DC control-ler PCB,PickupclutchRegistrationroller driveassemblyVertical pathroller papersensor (PS4)Pickuproller,Vertical pathroller, Roll

Step1

2

3

4

5

6

7

ChecksDoes the problem occur when thecassette is selected as the source ofpaper?Is the cassette set correctly?

Is the copy paper curled or wavy?

Try paper recommended by Canon. Isthe problem corrected?Does the pickup roller of the pickupassembly of the selected source(cassette, manual feeder) rotate duringa copying run?Does the registration roller operatenormally?

Does the vertical path roller papersensor operate normally?

ActionGo to step 5.

Set the cassette cor-rectly.Replace the copypaper. Instruct the useron the correct methodof storing paper.Ask the user to userecommended paper.See “Pickup fails” forthe source of paper inquestion.

See “The registrationroller fails to rotate.”

Replace the sensor orthe lever.

Check the roller forwear and deformation,and the roll for attach-ment.

Page 342: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-77

2 Separation/Feeding Assembly

YES/NOYES

YES

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

CauseCopy paper

Feedingassembly

Feed belt,RollerStatic elimi-natorPre-registra-tion rollerpaper sensor(Q751)Registrationroller

Registration-relatedspring,Spring clutchof registra-tion assem-bly

Step1

2

3

4

5

6

7

ChecksTry paper recommended by Canon. Isthe problem corrected?Is the copy paper curled, wavy, orotherwise deformed?Is there foreign matter in the feedingassembly?

Is the feed belt rotating properly?

Is the static eliminator soiled withtoner or the like?Does the pre-registration roller papersensor operate normally?

Is the registration roller worn, de-formed, or soiled?

ActionAsk the user to userecommended paper.Replace the paper.

Instruct the user on thecorrect method ofstoring paper.Remove the foreignmatter.Check the belt and theroller.Replace the sensor orthe lever.

Clean the staticeliminator.If dirt is found, cleanwith alcohol; if wearor deformation isfound, replace it.1. Check the spring

used to controlregistration.

2. Check the springclutch of the regis-tration assembly.

3 Fixing/Delivery Assembly

YES/NOYES

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

CauseInlet guide

Fixing lowerroller, FixingfilmDeliverypaper detect-ing leverDeliverysensor (PS3)Deliveryroller driveassemblyLeadingedge margin

Step1

2

3

4

5

ChecksIs the fixing inlet guide soiled withtoner?Is the fixing lower roller or the fixingfilm deformed or scratched?

Does the delivery detecting levermove smoothly?

Does the delivery sensor operatenormally?Does the delivery roller operatesmoothly?

ActionClean the guide withsolvent.Replace the roller orthe fixing assemblyupper unit.Make adjustments sothat it movessmoothly.Replace the sensor.

Check the deliveryroller drive assembly.

Check the leadingedge of copy paper formargin.

Page 343: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-78

B. Faulty Feeding

1 Double-Feeding

YES/NONO

NO

YES

NO

YES

CauseCassette

Copy paper

Claw (cas-sette)

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksIs the copy paper placed under theclaw properly?Push down the copy paper inside thecassette. Does it move up when let gowith its end coming under the claw?

Is the sheets of paper placed in thecassette uneven?Is the paper of a type recommended byCanon?

ActionPlace the copy paperproperly.1. Check the copy

paper width.2. Check the position

of the side guideplate of the cassette.(universal cassetteonly)

3. Measure the forceof the spring of thecassette; if faulty,replace the cassettespring.

Even out the sheets inthe cassette.Ask the user to userecommended paper.Check the claw fordeformation.

2 Wrinkles

YES/NOYES

YES

YES

NO

YES

CausePickupassembly,Vertical pathroller,RegistrationrollerCopy paper

FixingassemblyInlet guide

Step1

2

3

4

ChecksTurn off the power while copy paper ismoving through the feeding assembly.Is the copy paper wrinkled or foundaskew?

Try fresh paper. Is the problem cor-rected?

Try paper of a type recommended byCanon. Is the problem corrected?Is the inlet guide soiled with toner?

Action• Check the pickup

assembly.• Check the vertical

path roller.• Check the registra-

tion roller.The paper is moist.Instruct the user on thecorrect method ofstoring paper.Ask the user to userecommended paper.Check the fixingassembly.Clean the inlet guidewith solvent.

Page 344: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-79

VI. ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF

ELECTRICAL PARTS

A. Sensors and Solenoids

Figure 11-601

PS

SL

DescriptionScanner home position detectionLens home position detectionDelivery assembly paper detectionVertical path assembly paperdetectionSingle-feeder paper detection

Pre-registration roller paper detec-tion

Pickup clutch solenoidRegistration clutch solenoidLens solenoidMultifeeder pickup solenoid

Cassette pickup solenoid

Symbol NamePhotointerrupters

Solenoid

NotationPS1PS2PS3PS4

PS5

Q751

SL1SL2SL3SL4

SL5

Remarks

Single-feedertype only

Multifeedertype only

SL4

SL1SL2

SL5

PS5

PS4

SL3

PS2

PS1

PS3

Q751

Page 345: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-80

B. Switches

Figure 11-602

DescriptionDoor switchPower switch

Density correction switch

Symbol NameSwitch

Switch

NotationDS1SW309

SW101

Remarks

DS1 SW309

SW101

Page 346: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-81

C. Lamp, Heater, Motor, Etc.

Figure 11-603

DescriptionScanning lamp

Fixing heater

Main motorScanner/lens drive motor

Scanner cooling fan

Fixing heater temperature detectionScanner temperature detection

Lamp overheating detectionFixing heater overheating detection

Fixing film varistorTransfer guide varistor

Symbol NameLamp

Heater

Motor

Fan motor

Thermistor

Thermal fuse

Varistor

NotationLA1

H1

M1M2

FM1

TH1TH2

FU1FU2

VZ1VZ2

Remarks

M

M2M1

FU1

LA1

FM1VZ1H1

VZ2

TH1

TH2

FU2

Page 347: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-82

D. PCBs

Figure 11-604

[2]

[1]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6][7]

[8]

[9]

DescriptionRemoves noise from the power supply.Controls sequence of operations.Supplies DC power, generates high voltage, andcontrols the scanning lamp.Makes an electrical connection between the machinetop and bottom.Provides copying insurrections/indications.Detects paper in front of the registration roller.Detects the density of originals.Used for blanking exposure.Used for blanking exposure.

Ref.[1][2][3]

[4]

[5][6][7][8][9]

NameNoise filter PCBDC controller PCBComposite power supply PCB

High-voltage contact PCB

Control panel PCBSensor PCBAE sensor PCBBlanking PCB (front)Blanking PCB (rear)

Page 348: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-83

E. ADF

DescriptionDelivery paper detectionRegistration roller paper detectionOriginal placement detection

ADF open/close switch

Belt motorPickup motor

Controls sequence of operations

Symbol

[1]

NamePhotointerrupter

Microswitch

Motor

ADF controllerPCB

NotationPI1PI2PI3

MS1

M1M2

Remarks

PS

M2

PI3

PI2

M1

PI1

MS1

[1]

M

Figure 11-605

Page 349: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-84

F. Variable Resistors (VR) and Check Pins by PCB

Of the variable resistors (VR) and check pins, those needed in the field are discussed herein.Those not found in the discussions are for the factory only, requiring special tools and adjustmentto an extremely accuracy. Do not touch them in the field.

Caution:VRs that may be used in the field ................VRs that must not be used in the field .........

1. DC Controller PCB

Figure 11-606

2. Composite Power Supply PCB

Figure 11-607

J130 J114 J102 J111 J201J111

J108

3

12

1

2 8 1 9 1

JP102 JP1011

6

17

1

19

18 2

5

315121

6

SW101J113J132J106J109

1

J105J104

671

J103J107

J101

J131

811 41 11

VR104 VR106VR105

VR107

VR103 VR102

CP23 GND

1 1

2

JP104 JP103

J201

J207

2 1

2 121

FU102

J910

VR001

J205 1

4

J202

1 6

J213

J212

J209

J302VR301

VR801

J203 J2041 8 1 7

Page 350: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-85

3. ADF Controller PCB

Figure 11-608

1 10 TP1 1

9

J5

1

8 4

J2

1J1 CB1 2 1

J6

7

1

J3

FACE

PSW SW1 SW2

1 2

ON

Soldered side

Page 351: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-86

VII. SELF DIAGNOSIS

The microprocessor on the machine’s DC controller PCB is equipped with a self diagnosticmechanism that checks the condition of the machine (particularly, sensors) and indicates an errorcode in the count/ratio indicator on the control panel upon detection of a fault.

In the case of ‘E001’, ‘E0’ and ‘01’ are flashed alternately.

Code Cause Description‘E000’, ‘E001’, ‘E002’, or ‘E003’ hasoccurred.

• The thermistor (TH1) is faulty.• The fixing heater (H1) is faulty.• The thermal fuse (FU2) has blown.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The composite power supply PCB is

faulty.

• The thermistor (TH1) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The composite power supply PCB is

faulty.

• The thermistor (TH1) is faulty.• The fixing heater (H1) is faulty.• The thermal fuse (FU2) has blown.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The composite power supply PCB is

faulty.• The thermistor (TH1) is faulty.• The fixing heater (H1) is faulty.• The thermal fuse (FU2) has blown.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The composite power supply PCB is

faulty.

The power switch is turned off and thenon immediately after an error (‘E000’,‘E001’, ‘E002’, ‘E003’) has occurred.• The temperature detected by the

thermistor (TH1) does not reach 65°C1.5 sec after the Copy Start key hasbeen pressed.

• The temperature detected by thethermistor (TH1) does not reach 150°C4 sec after the Copy Start key has beenpressed.

• The temperature detected by thethermistor (TH1) exceeds 230°C.

• The temperature detected by thethermistor (TH1) exceeds by 30°C ormore.

• The temperature detected by thethermistor (TH1) registers an increaseof 100°C or more within 1 sec.

• The temperature detected by thethermistor (TH1) registers an increaseof 40°C or more after it has reached100°C during standby.

• E0 detection signal (E0_DT) is de-tected twice or more in succession.

• The temperature detected by thethermistor (TH1) has exeeded 150°Cduring copy operation and maximumpower is applied for 10 to 14 secthereafter.

• The temperature detected by thethermistor (TH1) drops to and remains150°C or lower after it has reached160°C.

Page 352: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-87

Code Cause Description• The main motor (M1) is fault.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The composite power supply PCB isfaulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The scanner home position sensor(PS1) is faulty.

• The scanner/lens drive motor (M2)is faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.

• The lens home position sensor(PS2) is faulty.

• The scanner/lens drive motor (M2)is faulty.

• The lens cable is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The scanning lamp (LA1) is faulty.• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The composite power supply PCB is

faulty.

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The composite power supply PCB is

faulty.• The frequency of the power supply

is faulty.• The composite power supply PCB is

faulty.• Data communication between the

copier and the ADF (faulty).

• The DC controller PCB is faulty.• The composite power supply PCB is

faulty.

• The rotation of the main motor deviates(indicated by MLOCK=0) for 1 sec ormore while the main motor drive signal(MMD=1) is being generated.

• The actual output value of the compos-ite power supply high voltage is differ-ent from the setting value twice insuccession.

• The scanner home position is notdetected within 10 sec after the scannerhas turned on.

• The scanner does not leave the homeposition after it has turned on.

• The lens hoe position is not detectedafter the lens has moved the maximumtravel distance.

• The lens does not leave the homeposition after it has turned on.

• The lamp ON detection signal is notdetected for 1 sec or more in thepresence of the scanning lamp Onsignal.

• The lamp ON detection signal isdetected for 1 sec or more in theabsence of the scanning lamp ONsignal.

• A fault in the communication betweenDC controller PCB and compositepower supply PCB is detected.

• The interval between zero-cross signalsis in excess of the allowed interval.

• The communication with the copier isinterrupted for 5 sec or more; thecommunication is monitored at alltimes.

• During a copying run, the +24 V powerdeviates from the control value by±20%.

The keys on thecontrol panelare lockedwithout errorcode indication.

( )

Page 353: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)11-88

Caution:1. If the self-diagnosis has turned on, turn off the power switch to reset the machine.

In the case of ‘E000’, ‘E001’, ‘E002’, or ‘E003’, however, the machine must be reset asfollows: this consideration is to prevent feeding power to the fixing heater otherwise oc-curring if the thermistor has an open circuit:

2. In the case of ‘E0’, ‘E000’, ‘E001’, ‘E002’, ‘E003’, or ‘E220’, the machine will turn off in1.5 sec for ‘E0’ and ‘E000’ through ‘E003’ and in 2 sec for ‘E220’.

3. In the case of ‘E0’, ‘E000’, ‘E001’, ‘E002’, or ‘E003’, perform the following steps:1) Turn off the power switch, and short circuit JP101 and JP102 on the DC controller PCB

with a screwdriver or the like.

Figure 11-701

2) While keeping the condition in step 1), turn on the power switch.3) Stop short-circuiting JP101 and JP102.

JP102 JP101

JP10

1

JP10

2

Page 354: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

APPENDIX

A. GENERAL TIMING CHART ........ A-1B. SIGNALS AND

ABBREVIATIONS ....................... A-3C. GENERAL CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................... A-5D. DC CONTROLLER CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................... A-7E. ADF CONTROLLER CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................. A-15F. COMPOSITE POWER SUPPLY

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................. A-19G. CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................. A-27H. AE SENSOR CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM ................................. A-29

I. SENSOR CIRCUITDIAGRAM ................................. A-30

J. NOISE FILTER CIRCUITDIAGRAM ................................. A-31

K. HIGH VOLTAGE CONTACTCIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................. A-32

L. BLANK EXPOSURE (front)CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................. A-33

M. BLANK EXPOSURE (rear)CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................. A-34

N. SPECIAL TOOLS ...................... A-35O. SOLVENTS/OILS ...................... A-36

Page 355: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 356: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-1COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Power switchON

Copy Start keyON

Sequence STBY INTR AER SCFW SCRV LSTR STBY

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

18

19

20

15

16

17

Main motor (M1)

Lens solenoid (SL3)

Scanner / lens drive motor (M2)Scanner home position sensor (PS1)Lens home position sensor (PS2)

Pickup clutch solenoid(SL1)Cassette pickup solenoid (SL5)Vertical path roller paper sensor (PS4)Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)Pre-registration roller paper sensor (Q751)

Scanning lamp (LA1)

Primary AC bias

Primary DC bias

Developing AC bias

Fixing heater (H1)Scanner cooling fan (FM1)

Delivery sensor (PS3)

Developing DC bias

Transfer bias

Static eliminator bias

SCFW SCRV

: Scanner / lens drive motor (reverse)

A. GENERAL TIMING CHART1. COPYBOARD TYPE

(A4, 2 copies, DIRECT, from cassette)

Page 357: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Power switchON

Sequence

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Pickup motor (M2)

Belt motor (M1)

Original detectionsensor (PI3)Registration paper sensor (PI2)

Delivery sensor (PI1)

Main motor (M1)

Scanner home positionsensor (PS1)

Scanner / lens drivemotor (M2)

Lens home positionsensor (PS2)

Lens solenoid (SL3)

Pickup clutch solenoid(SL1)Cassette pickup solenoid(SL5)Vertical path rollerpaper sensor (PS4)

Scanner cooling fan(FM1)

Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor (Q751)

Scanning lamp (LA1)

Primary AC bias

Primary DC bias

Copier

ADF

Registration clutch solenoid (SL2)

Transfer bias

Static eliminator bias

Developing AC bias

Developing DC bias

Fixing heater (H1)

Delivery sensor (PS3)

Copy Start keyONOriginal set

STBY INTR SCFW ORGSTORGST SCRV SCFW SCRV LSTR STBY

: Scanner / lens drive motor (reverse) / Pickup motor (reverse) / Belt motor (reverse)

Preparing for pickup

2. ADF TYPE (A4, 2 copies, DIRECT, from cassette)

Page 358: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-3COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

B. SIGNALS AND ABBREVIATIONS

1. SignalsACBIAS AC BIAS OSCILLATION signal[AE] AE SENSOR OUTPUT signalAEREF AE SENSOR REFERENCE signalBIAS_PWM DC BIAS CONTROL signalBIAS_S DC BIAS MONITOR signalCLK32K TRANSFORMER CONTROL signalCPUSD CASSETTE PICKUP SOLENOID DRIVE signalDPD DELIVERY PAPER DETECTION signalDV_AC_ON DEVELOPING AC BIAS ON signalDV_DC_ON DEVELOPING DC BIAS ON signalE0_DT E0 DETECTION signalFM1D SCANNER COOLING FAN DRIVE signalHEAT_ERR FIXING HEATER ERROR signalHEAT_OFF FIXING HEATER OFF signalHEAT_PWM FIXING HEATER DUTY signalHEAT_TRG FIXING HEATER DRIVE signalLAMP_DETECT LAMP ACTIVATION DETECTION signalLAMP_ON SCANNING LAMP ACTIVATION signalLHP LENS HOME POSITION signalLNSLD LENS SOLENOID DRIVE signalMFSLD MULTIFEEDER PICKUP SOLENOID DRIVE signalMLOCK MAIN MOTOR CONSTANT SPEED signalMMCLK MAIN MOTOR CLOCK PULSE signalMMD MAIN MOTOR DRIVE signalPAC_OUT PRIMARY CORONA AC BIAS signalPAC_S PRIMARY CORONA AC DETECTION signalPDC_PWM DC BIAS CONTROL signalPDC_S DC VOLTAGE MONITOR signalPDP VERTICAL PATH ROLLER PAPER DETECTION signalPR_DC_ON PRIMARY CHARGING DC BIAS ON signalPUSLD PICKUP CLUTCH SOLENOID DRIVE signalPWM_1KHz SCANNING LAMP INTENSITY ADJUSTMENT signalPWOFF POWER SWITCH OFF signalRGSLD REGISTRATION CLUTCH SOLENOID DRIVE signalRLOFF RELAY DRIVE signalRPD PRE-REGISTRATION ROLLER PAPER DETECTION signalSB_LP SIDE BLANK EXPOSURE LAMP ON signalSC_A SCANNER MOTOR PULSE signal ASC_B SCANNER MOTOR PULSE signal BSC_COM SCANNER MOTOR DRIVE signalSCHP SCANNER HOME POSITION signalSFPD SINGLE-FEEDER PAPER DETECTION signalT_FEEDBACK TRANSFER BIAS VOLTAGE DETECTION signalT_FW_DRV TRANSFER DC BIAS CONTROL signal

T_FW_ON TRANSFER DC BIAS ON signalT_FW_S TRANSFER CURRENT DETECTION signalT_REV_ON TRANSFER POSITIVE DC BIAS ON signalTH1 FIXING THERMISTOR signalTH2 SCANNER THERMISTOR signal

2. AbbreviationsAER AE (MEASUREMENT) ROTATIONINTR INITIAL ROTATIONLSTR LAST ROTATIONSCFW SCANNER FORWARDSCRV SCANNER REVERSESTBY STANDBY

What follows below is a list of signals and abbreviations used in the chapters of the manual and circuit diagrams.The abbreviations within parentheses represent analog signals, which cannot be expressed in terms of ‘1’ or ‘0’.

Page 359: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Page 360: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-5COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11J109

+24

VU

+24

VU

GN

D

+5V

+24

VU

+24

VU

123456

1 2 3 4 5 6J51

1J52

2

2 1

J5321

12

SL

SL3 SL1

SL

SL2

J54

SL

12

21 1 32

3 2 1J55

SL4

SL23 1J56

PS2

J57

PS5

23 1

3J113

1 2

DIG

2

GN

D

3J132

1 2 4 5

+5V

+24

VU

GN

D

SL5

SL

1

2J58

2

1

J59

PS4

23 1

3

GN

D

J1141 2

GN

D

GN

D

4 5

GN

D

6 7 8

J60 12345678

J10821 543

GN

D

+5V

J751 3 2 1

Q751

J11021 543 6

M

M2

J1061 2

+24

VU

J602

1 2

J601

21

J3 VZ1 J4

J111

DIG

0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

DIG

1

DIG

2

DIG

3

GN

D

+5V

DIG

4

163

J301

21 54 11876 109 141312 15 191817

2

1 2

1

J302 J303

J102

1 742 3 65 98

DIG

1

DIG

1

GN

D

DIG

3

GN

D

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1

2

J62

1

PS3

3

2

J61

J433TH1

J103

12345678

J2031 432 65 7 8

7

J104

6 5 4 3 2

2J204

1 43 5 6 7

1

6

2

GN

D

J105G

ND

+24

VR

+5V

56+

5V

+24

VU

34

J2022 31 54

1

To ADF1

4

3

2

J107

1 32 4

GN

D

+24

VR

J60134

32

1

1

2

4

AE

1J301

PS1

32

J601

3 24 1

J101

3

+5V

GN

D

12

J131

21

GN

D

TH2

+24

VU

J130

1 2

FM1

J24F

J910

2 31

1

2J201

1

2

J501FJ501

1

2

JP502FT4FT2H

N FT1 FT3 JP501

J1

N FT1

J1

H FT2

J501

NF1

NF1

FT31

2FT4

Line filterLF1

J502

2

1

T302

J213

J212

J209

BP704

BP702

BP703

BP701

BP706

BP707

BP705

J14

J15

VZ2

J13SP

TR

J12J11

PR

DVJ205

3 2 14

GN

D

+24

VU

1

3

2

4

M

M1

J901

J2

2 1

J207

1

22

1

J434

2

1

J16

J15

H1

J17

FU2

FU1

FT6

FT5

LA1

DC CONTROLLER PCB

COMPOSITE POWER SUPPLY PCB

HVT BOARD 1HVT BOARD 2

MAIN MOTOR DRIVER PCB

SENSOR PCB

SIDE BLANK EXPOSURE PCB CONTROL PANEL PCB

Power switch

NOISE FILTER PCB

NOISE FILTER PCB

AE SENSOR PCB

[220/240V]

[120V]

To ADF

DS1Door switch

DS1Door switch

Scanner homeposition sensor

Scannerthermistor

Scannercooling fan

AF

RE

F

AE

SC

HP

TH

2

FM

1D*

LNS

LD*

PU

SLD

*

RG

SLD

*

MF

SLD

*

LHP

Lens solenoid

Pickup clutchsolenoid

Registrationclutch solenoid

Multifeederpickup solenoid

Lens homeposition sensor

Single-feederpaper sensor

Cassettepickup solenoid

Vertical path rollerpaper sensor

SF

PD

CP

US

D*

PD

P

RE

Q

AC

K

TX

D

RX

D

RP

D

Pre-registration rollerpaper sensor

SC

_B

SC

_B*

SC

_CO

M

SC

_A*

SC

_CO

M

SC

_A

Scanner/lensdrive motor

SB

_LP

*

Varistor 1Fixing film

SE

G0*

SE

G1*

SE

G2*

SE

G3*

SE

G4*

SE

G5*

SE

G6*

SE

G7*

KR

0

KR

1

PW

OF

F

DS

VR

Delivery sensor

Fixing thermistor

TH

1

HE

AT

0

HE

AT

1

DP

D

AC

K*

RLO

FF

*

PR

_DC

_ON

CP

S_R

EQ

MM

D

DV

_AC

_ON

DV

_DC

_ON

ST

BY

/CP

Y*

PW

OF

F

S_I

N

MLO

CK

HE

AT

_TR

G

ZE

R_C

RS

S_C

LK

S_O

UT

Varistor 2

Main motor

MLO

CK

MM

D

Fixing heater

Thermal fuse 2

Thermal fuse 1 Scanning lamp

(Multifeeder type only)

(Single-feeder type only)

C. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM1. Copier

Page 361: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

2. ADF

4 3 2 134 2 1

34

2

34

2

1124

15 GND BLL

+5V BR

+24V

GNDD

OR

GN

J24

J202

To composite power supply

To DC controller 43

21

J114

68

75

J23

Y

BL

VACK

REQ

GND

GND

L

L BL

54 TxD GY

63 GNDL BL

72 RxD W

81 GNDL BL87

65

12

34

78

65

34

21

78

56

43

12

J2

J1

22 1

1J6

FG Y/GN

Y

OR

W

GY

V

OR

GN

AD

FCO

R

OR

+24V

COMNO

MS1ADFSwitch

42

13

65

74

21

35

67

J3

41 2 3

J5

5 6 7 8 91 2 43 5 76 8 9

ADF CONTROLLER PCB

4 42

13

21

355

M1 Belt motor

22 M1 Pickup motor

1 1

6 5

1 2

34 2

43 5

1

6J105

PD

P3*

GY

GN

DB

L

+5V

BR

PD

P2*

V

GN

DB

L

+5V

BR

PD

P1

Y

GN

DB

L

+5V

BR

23 1J203

VBR

BL

PI3

sensorOriginal placementRegistration

sensor

PI2

J20223 1

Deliverysensor

PI1

J20123 1

VBR

BL

Color coding

BK BLACKBL BLUEBR BROWNGY GRAYGN GREENOR ORANGEPK PINKR REDSB SKY-BLUEV VIOLETW WHITEY YELLOW(M3) (M4)

Page 362: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-7COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

100

99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76

PA

7

PA

6

PA

5

PA

4

PA

3

PA

2

PA

1

PA

0

Vss

P84

P83

P82

P81

P80

AV

ss

P77

P76

P75

P74

P73

P72

P71

P70

Vre

fA

Vcc

P47

P30

P31

P32

P33

P34

P35

P36

P37

Vcc

P10

P11

P12

P13

P14

P15

P16

P17

Vss

P20

P21

P22

P23

P24

P25

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

75

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

74

73

72

71

70

69

68

67

66

65

64

63

62

61+5V

+5V

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

MD2

MD1

MD0

P66

P65

P64

P63

Vcc

XTAL

EXTAL

Vss

NMI

RES*

STBY*

PHAI

P62

P61

P60

Vss

P53

P52

P51

P50

P27

P26

Vcc

PB0

PB1

PB2

PB3

PB4

PB5

PB6

PB7

RESO*

Q101

Vss

P90

P91

P92

P93

P94

P95

P40

P41

P42

P43

Vss

P44

P45

P46

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

8

ZER_CRS_LEVEL

E0_BUCK

FM1D

D_L_2D_L_2

HEAT_PWM

PU_SL

SC_I_SEL1

SC_INA

SC_INA*

SC_INB

SC_INB*

S_IN

S_OUT 2

1 3

S_CLK

REQ

TXD

2

1 3

2

13

MFSLD

5V

D_L_1

LS_HP_CPU

RG_PD_CPU

ZER_CRS_EDGE

AD<7..0>

NF101

31

2

R370

R372

R368

R373

R374

DIGIT<4..0>

SEG<7..0> KEY<7..0>KEY<7..0>

CPS_REQ*

PR_DC_ON*

DV_DC_ON*

DV_AC_ON*

SB_ON

M1_ON*

REQ*

SC_I_SEL3

SC_I_SEL2

STBY/CPY

M1_LOCK_CPU

COMP_CLR

CPS_ACK_CPU*

SC_HP_CPU

RETRY_PD_CPU

E0_DT

HEAT_ERR_CPU*

HEAT_OFF

POWER_OFF*

RGSLD

PUSLD

LNSLD

0

1

2

3

4

776543210 76543210

C104

C1938 8

C202 C218

C102

C192

C191

X101

C103

23

1

C105

OUT

GND

Q105

VCC

R103

R270

R369

R104

+5V

R269

+5V

R106 R105

+5V

Q157

Q182

Q149

Q152

Q104

Q103

REQ*

Q102

R101

ACK R219

R102

+5V

R302

+5V

+5V

R218

+5V +5V

R301

+5V

R299

+5V

C101

C162 D201

D202

Q183RXD R210

R211

+5V +5V

R300

+5V

C157 D200

D203

ADF type only

D. DC CONTROLLER CIRCUIT DIAGRAMDC Controller Circuit Diagram (1/8)

Page 363: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

DC Controller Circuit DIagram (2/8)

Q165

SC_I_SEL3

+5V

R277

SC_I_SEL1R117

Q112

SC_I_SEL2

SC_INB*

SC_INB

SC_INA*

SC_INA

R267

Q155

R115

OU

TA

*1

TdA

2

RE

FA

3

GA

4

INA

*5

INA

6

VS

A7

OU

TA

8

RS

A9

RS

B10

OU

TB

*11

VS

B12

TdB

13

RE

FB

14

GB

15

INB

*16

INB

17

OU

TB

18

R114

R111

R107 R108C109

C263 C264 C265 C266

R113

Q109

R112

SC_COM

SC_B

SC_B*

SC_A

SC_A*

+5V

R224R225R226R227

+5V

+5V

R109

C108

+5V

R399

+24VU

C166

C106C107

C165 C164 C163

32

1

Page 364: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-9COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

DC Controller Circuit Diagram (3/8)

R119

R118

VR1022

31

+5V

C184

Q106

+24VR

-

+

2

31

8

4

R266AEREF

R265

R264

R263

VR103

2

31

+5V

C186

C185

C111

C155

Q106

+24VR

-

+

6AE

57

8

4

R206R120

AE_DATA

R121

ZD101

21

Page 365: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

DC Controller Circuit Diagram (4/8)

D106CDP5 1 2

D108DPD3 1 2

D109SFPD7 1 2

D218SERVICE2 1 2

D113HEAT13 1 2

D102HEAT02

8

7 7 KR7

8KEY<7..0>

1 2

D114[CPM1]DIG1

D114

10CPM 12/13CPMKR6 1 2

D115[CPM0]DIG0KR6 1 2

D103[SIZE0]DIG3KR2 1 2

D190[SIZE1]DIG0

D103

D190

AB/inch inch

KR5 1 2

D214[VOL1]DIG4

D214

120V 220/240VKR3

R127

6 6 KR6R128

5 5 KR5R129

4 4 KR4R130

3 3 KR3R131

2 2 KR2R132

1 1 KR1R133

0 0 KR0R134

5DIGIT<4..0>

0

8SEG<7..0>

0

R138

R236

R22

8

R240 R243 R242 R241 R358

C16

8

R23

5

C17

5

R23

4

C17

4

R23

3

C17

3

R23

2

C17

2

R23

1

C17

1

R23

0

C17

0

R22

9

C16

9

Q121

DIG0

+5V

1 R137

R239Q124

DIG1

+5V

2 R136

R238Q123

DIG2

+5V

3 R135

R237Q122

DIG3

+5V

4 R360

R362Q202

DIG4

+5V

Q11332 SEG0*

1

1 Q11432 SEG1*

1

2 Q11532 SEG2*

1

3 Q11632 SEG3*

1

4 Q11732 SEG4*

1

5 Q11832 SEG5*

1

6 Q11932 SEG6*

1

7 Q12032 SEG7*

1

Page 366: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-11COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

DC Controller Circuit Diagram (5/8)

12

R145

+

Q1313

2

1

R158

R149

R140

R139

E0_DT

R148

Q107

+5V

-

+

2

31 2

1 5

3 4VSS

IN A

IN B VDD

OUT X

8

4

R275

ZER_CRS_EDGE

+5V

R279

R293

VR1052 BL_VR

31

+5V

R278

R294

VR1042 RGAD_VR

31

+5V

R382

VR1072 OP_VR

31

+5V

R292

VR1062 LS_VR

31

+5V

R144

+5V

+5V

C183

C181C126

C167

+5VQ153

ZER_CRS_LEVEL

D183

R150R154

R271

ZER_CRS

SW101(AB/inch type only)

R143

4

1 CP23

CPGND11

D_L_2

D_L_1

321

Q126

JP101

JP102

3E0_BUCK2

Q125

31

+24VU

D118

2 1

12

C123

Page 367: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

DC Controller Circuit Diagram (6/8)

LNSLDQ145

32

1

LNSLD*

D211

21

D125

21

D126

21

D127

21

D124

21

+24VU

R165

PUSLDQ144

32

1

PUSLD*R162

RGSLDQ143

32

1

RGSLD*R161

MFSLDQ142

32

1

MFSLD*R166

FM1DQ200

FM1D*R352

CPUSDQ201

CPUSD*R353

SB_ON

CPS_ACK_CPU*

AD<7..0> 8

M1_ON*

Q1333

2

1

SB_LP*R160

R163

ACK*R182

TH1

M_TH

0 R173

TH21 R174

AE_DATA2 R175

DSVR3 R176

OP_VR4 R177

LS_VR5 R207

RGAD_VR6 R178

BL_VR7 R179

M1_LOCK_CPU* MLOCKR183

HEAT_ERR_CPU* HEAT_ERR*R172

LS_HP_CPU LHPR171

CPS_REQ*Q134

Q137

32

1

CPS_REQ

PR_DC_ON*Q1363

2

1

PR_DC_ON

DV_DC_ON*Q1353

2

1

DV_DC_ON

DV_AC_ON*Q1383

2

1

DV_AC_ON

STBY/CPYQ1403

2

1

STBY/CPY*

32

1

+5V

MMD

R164

C127

C134 C135 C154 C136 C137 C138 C139 C133

C132 C141 C140

SC_HP_CPU SCHPR169

RETRY_PD_CPU PDPR356

C250 C129

RG_PD_CPU RPDR170

C128

R244

R361

R245R246R250

+5V

R249

R181

+5V

Page 368: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-13COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

DC Controller Circuit Diagram (7/8)

D184

D185

POWER_OFF*

HEAT_ERR*

COMP_CLR

R189

R188

Q146

32

1

Q147

32

1

+5V

R186

R187

+5V

R196

+5V

+1

2

C142

R193

R192

R190

+5V

Q107

+5V

+

6

57

8

4

R191

R212R214

D128

2 1

D133

2 1

RLOFF*

HEAT_TRG

C143

+5V

Q151

+5V

Q108

+5V

+

3

21

8

4

C176

Q108

+5V

+

5

67

8

4

C161

C160

Q158

Q160

Q1483

2

1

M_TH

HEAT_PWM

D132

2 1HEAT_OFF

Page 369: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

DC Controller Circuit Diagram (8/8)

R385R200+5V

+5V

J1011R363

+5V

+24VU

+5V

R365

J1013SCHP

J1021TH1

J1022DIG1

J1023HEAT0

J1024DIG1

J1025HEAT1

DIG3

DPD

J1026

J1053

J1054

J1055

J1056

J1141

J1142

J1051

J1052

J1012

R388R197J1027

R364J1028

J1029

PDP

R386R351J1323

J1324

J1325

DIG2

SFPD

R389R216J1131

R367J1132

J1133

STBY/CPY*J1031

DV_AC_ONJ1032

DV_DC_ONJ1033

PR_DC_ONJ1034

CPS_REQJ1035

MMDJ1036

ACK*J1037

RLOFF*J1038

DIG0

REQ

J1143

J1144

ACK

J1145

J1146

TXD

J1147

J1148

RXD

J1074

J1073

J1072

J1071

AEREF

AE

+24VR

J1311

J1312

TH2

J1301

J1302FM1D*

J1111

DIG1J1112

DIG2J1113

DIG3J1114

SEG0*J1115

SEG1*J1116

SC_COMJ1101

SC_B*J1102

SC_BJ1103

J1104

SC_A*J1105

SC_AJ1106

J1096

MFSLD*J1097

J1098

J1099

LHP+5V

+24VU

J10910

J10911

1count2

1count1

LNSLD*J1091

J1092

J1093

J1094

RGSLD*

PUSLD*

J1095

SEG2*J1117

SEG3*J1118

SEG4*J1119

SEG5*J11110

SEG6*J11111

SEG7*J11112

MLOCKJ1041

HEAT_TRGJ1042

ZER_CRSJ1043

S_CLKJ1044

S_OUTJ1045

S_INJ1046

PWOFFJ1047

J1081

J1082

CDP

DIG3

RPDJ1083

+5V

J1084

J1085

TP1021

TP1031

TP1011

DIG2JP103

SERVICEJP104

KR5J2011

DIG2J2012

SB_LP*J1061

J1062

KR4J2013

DIG3J2014

KR6J2015

KR7J2016

C259

C203

C268

C205 C204 C210 C209 C208 C207 C206

KR0J11113

KR1J11114

PWOFFJ11115

J11116

J11117

DSVRJ11118

DIG4J11119

C258 C257 C262+5V

J1321CPUSD*

C251

C260 C261 C253

FB101

J1322

C252

C267

FB102

+24VU

+1

2

C146

+5V

+1

2

C151

+5V

+1

2

C149C147 C201

+24VR

+1

2

C150C152C145

C255C254

+24VU

C148

ADF type only

+24VU

C256

Page 370: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-15COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

E. ADF CONTROLLER CIRCUIT DIAGRAMADF Controller Circuit Diagram (1/3)

XTAL1

64R

ES

*63

P66

/IRQ

2*62

P65

/IRQ

1*61

P64

/IRQ

0*60

P63

/FTI

59P

62/F

TOB

58P

61/F

TOA

57P

60/F

TCI

56P

37/D

755

P36

/D6

54P

35/D

553

P34

/D4

52P

33/D

351

P32

/D2

50P

31/D

149

P30

/D0

2EXTAL

3MD1

4MD0

5NMI*

6Vcc

7STBY*

8Vss

9P40/TMCI0

10P41/TMO0

11P42/TMRI0

12P43/TMCI1

13P44/TMO1

14P45/TMRI1

15P46/PHI

16P47/E

P10/A048

47P11/A1

46P12/A2

45P13/A3

44P14/A4

43P15/A5

42P16/A6

41P17/A7

40Vss

39P20/A8

38P21/A9

37P22/A10

36P23/A11

35P24/A12

34P25/A13

33P26/A14

P50

/TX

DO

17 18P

51/R

XD

O19

P52

/SC

K0

20P

53/T

XD

121

P54

/RX

D1

22P

55/S

CK

123

P70

/IS*

24P

71/O

S*

25P

72/B

US

Y*

26P

73/IO

S*

27P

74/A

S*

28P

75/W

R*

29P

76/R

D30

P77

/WA

IT*

31V

cc32

P27

/A15

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

7

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

15

TXD

RX

D

DM

0

DM

1

WD

LED

AD

FC

PD

P3

PD

P2

PD

P1

NC

NC

RD*

+5V

+5V

C8 C22R44

A

A*

B

B*

ACK

REQNC

NC

+5V

R5

R6

C7

X1

C6R4

+5V

R3

JP1

Q1

+5V

8RESET*

Vs7

Vref6

Vcc5

GND4

3Ck

2RESET

1Ct

WD

Q3

+D1

C5

+5V

R2

PS

W

RE

SE

T*

DIG

IT3

DIG

IT2

DIG

IT1

DIG

IT0

DIP

SW

1

DIP

SW

0

7

D7

D6

6

D5

5

D4

4

D3

3

D2

2

D1

1

D0

0

A7 A13

A64

A8

A12

VPP2

3

1VCC

A14

Q2

25

27

26

28

5A5

6A4

7A3

8A2

9A1

10A0

11O1

12O2

13O3

14GND

A924

A1123

OE*22

A1021

CE*20

O819

O718

O617

O516

O415

+5V

12 A12

A77

A66

A55

A44

A33

A22

A11

A00

0 D0

1 D1

2 D2

14A14

A13 13

A8 8

A9 9

A11 11

15

10

A15

A10

D3 3

D4 4

D5 5

D6 6

D7 7

C9

16

8

R13J1

+

J14

C1

+5V

CP1

J1

J1

2

1

C2 +

CB1

1J6 J6

2

Q11+24V ZD1

C21

+5V

R45

ADFC C10

+5V

14

7GNDVCC

HC14

Q6

C3

C4

Page 371: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

ADF Controller Circuit Diagram (2/3)

2TdA

GND4

INA6

OUTA8VSA

7

5INA*

3VrefA

1OUTA*

Q4

C11

+5V

R10

Q8

+5V

R16

LED J72

1J7

6J3OUT2

5 OUTA*2IN2

IN11

OUT13 OUTA 7

J3

4

GND

67

+24V

NCVCC

Q5

DM1

TP1

7

DM0 6

TP1

C12

R11

+5V

9RSA

11OUTB*

13TdB

15GND

17INB

+24V

RSB10

VSS12

VrefB14

INB*16

OUTB18

MB* 4J3

MA* 3J3

MA 5J3

MB 2J3

1J3

+24V

+24V

R13

C14

R15

R14

C13

+5V

R8

R9

R12

B

TP1

3

A*

TP1

2

A

TP1

1

B*

TP1

4

TP15NC

TP1

10

Page 372: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-17COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

ADF Controller Circuit Diagram (3/3)

Q10

TXD

1J5

R43R

28

DIGIT0

R27

R26

R25

+5V

DIGIT1

DIGIT2

DIGIT3

1

2

4

8

SW2

5

2J5

3J5

R24

+5V

R23

+5V

TP1

9PDP1

C18

R22

TP1

C17

PDP2 R42 8

R21

5

4

+5V

6

J5

J5

J5

+5V

R20

C16

PDP3 R41

R19

8

7

+5V

9

J5

J5

J5

+5V

2J2

R36

+5V

RXD

3J2

1J2

4J2

+5V

R33

C20

R34RXD R35

D3

HC141312

Q6

HC14

Q6

10 11

HC14

Q6

8 9

HC14

Q6

6 5

L1

R38

+5V

R37

DIPSW1

TXD

Q6

HC144 3

32

DIPSW0 41

SW1

R39

+5V

PSW

SW3

ACK

REQREQ

ACK

R30R31

Q9

Q6

HC142 1

C19

D2

6

5J2

J2

+5V

R32

R29

7J2

8J2

+5V

Page 373: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Page 374: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-19COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

F. COMPOSITE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT DIAGRAMComposite Power Supply Circuit Diagram [A502] (1/8)

AC_INPUT

D603

R606

D606

C613

Q608

R602

C609

Q616

Q617

Q621

C604

Q605

VIN_1SR139

C818

C603

R601

R600

Q615

R616

R801

R609C620

R61

3

R61

0

R61

2

R611

R615R614

D62

0

D810

R620 D605

<A508>

<A504>

5V_ON*

ZER_CRS

AC_MONITOR

HEAT_TRG

<A508>

<A508>

<A508>Q620

AC1<A509>

C601

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V+5V

Q607R607

D604

C605

L600

SQ

600

R622

R603Q611

<A503>

<A503>

J207

FIX_HT_H

AC_H_AF

AC_N_AF

<A508>RLOFF*

FIX_HT_N

Q614

R62

3

R62

1

RL601

T600D601

C60

2

D602

1

1

2 3

4

2

AC_H

AC_N

J201

+

+

+

+

IN OUTGND

2

2 31

13

2

1

Page 375: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Composite Power Supply Circuit Diagram [A503] (2/8)

AC_N_AF

AC_H_AF

AC_HA

R116

TH101

TH102

FB104

FU102

Q105

AC_LA

<A502>

<A509>

<A509>

<A502>

MPWM

MPWM_INV

<A508>

<A504>

Q113

C588

D542

D543R644

R108

D121

D106D111

To radiator plate

R184

R104

24VOFF

LOW_GU

LOW_G

HV_H

MV_H

MV_L

HV_L

24VON

R105

R106

D122

D124

D125

D123

Q118

T103

C101

C15

1 C15

7C

156

D11

0

Q10

4Q

103

C13

8

C10

2R

111

R11

4

Q10

1

C10

5

C10

6

C10

7

R16

3

C10

4

R103R109

T101

R110

T104PROTECT

<A508>

L103

+

+

+

+

+5V

+5V

1

13

2 9

<A504>

<A504>

<A504>

<A504>

<A506>

<A505>

<A505>

<A506>

10

11

1213

14

15

16

1

5

3

6

7

24

2

3

4

<NC=8>

Page 376: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-21COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Composite Power Supply Circuit Diagram [A504] (3/8)

MPWM_INV<A508>

R136

R155

C122

D107

R138

Q109

D105

FB102

FB103

T105R128C153

R167

R131

+24VR

C125 R130R145

+5V

+5V

+ +

+

L101

+5V

R169

R148R156

D119

+24VR

4

8

41

3

2

C143

C145

C144

D120R147

R132R144

D109

C142

C129

CLIMIT<A508>

R125

R186

R185

C103

R151

C160R153

D131

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+

++

+

Q117C118

C136

+24VR

+24VR

D118

D117

C137

Q117

R129

C135

R124R122

R123R127

D132

J202

ZD103

ZD101

R115

R149

R165

R158

R139

R157

L180

L181Q180

C180

C183

C133

D104

D103 R118

C115 C116 R119

<A508>

C181 C182

R182

R181

R18

0

C18

4

D18

0F

B18

0

DC24V_S

C141

FB10124VOFF<A503>

TIM<A508>

<A503>

<A503>

<A503>

LOW_G

LOW_GU

24VON

R121

C132

C134

D130

D129

Q108

ZD102

+24VU

O.C.P.1

O.C

.P.2

O.V

.P

Q116

C127

<A502>VIN_1SR139

R168

R15

0

R14

1 C12

0

R15

2

R13

4

C12

6

Q116

Q115

C154

Q111C139 C140

R154

C152

Q110

Q115

C146

Q107

+5V

R160D10

8

R15

9

R146

T101

16

13

14

15

13

24

4

6

5

8

7

28

34

1

8

3

21

4

857

6

74

86

5

1 63 42 5

8

7

6

5

1

2

3

4

Cs

Es

Ct

GND

Cd

Si

V+

INV

Page 377: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Composite Power Supply Circuit Diagram [A505] (4/8)

3

44

1

12

2 5

3

10

9

C512R514

R212

PAC_OUT JP140

PDC_PWM

<A508>

Q201

R211

C202

C204

D202

R209

R206

C206

<A508>

<A503>

<A503>

PDC_S

R205

R203

C201R202

T101

MV_H

MV_L

<A508>

JP202

PAC

_S<

A50

8>

C561

C509

C207

R201

C611

C513

C538

JP148

C539

R521

R516R591

R54

9R

592

+24VR

+24VR

R550

C510

Q526

T508

+

+

+

J209PRIMARY

Page 378: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-23COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Composite Power Supply Circuit Diagram [A506] (5/8)

JP20

1

R210<A503>

<A503>

C218

C215

<A508>

<A508>

<A508>ACBIAS

BIAS_S

BIAS_PWM

R243

R207

C219

D215

C208

D214

R237

R239

R208

+5V

Q206

R238 C221T201

D20

7

D20

6

D20

8

D20

9

D21

0

C213C211

C210 C212 C214 D211 R225

R254

J213

J215

J212

SEPARATION

DEVELOPING

R236

C220

HV_H

HV_L

T101

+

12

11

3 1

24

Page 379: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Composite Power Supply Circuit Diagram [A507] (6/8)

JP301 C346 C345

+5V

R351 R356

Q321

D325 C344

C343 C321 C380 C382

C381C379C322C342

<A508>

T_REV_R

T_FW_S

HV_LIMIT

<A508>

<A508>

<A508>

T_FW_DRV

T_FEEDBACK

T_FW_ON

<A508>CLK32K

<A508>

<A508>

R393

R392

R31

7

R390

+24VR

C377

R361 R327

T302

J210Transfer output

5

6

2

7

7

1

D306

+24VR

R32

8

R33

8

R32

9

R33

0

R33

7

R332

ZD303

R326C317

Q311

Q325

Q310

C318

D308

R318

C359

VR301

R336

Q308

C31

2

D307

T_REV_ON*

T_REVR352 R353 R354

R388

D32

8

D323

D32

4

D32

2

D34

0 D34

1

D34

2

D34

3

D34

4

D33

9

C32

9

R355HV_H<A503>

HV_L<A503>

D326

T101

+

11

12

Page 380: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-25COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Composite Power Supply Circuit Diagram [A508] (7/8)

<A504>

<A507>

<A506>

<A505>

<A504>

<A503>

<A504>

<A507>

<A507>

<A507>

+5V

+5V

+5V

<A505> PAC_S

HV_LIMITQ901

RESET

R802VR801

+24VR

NC

JP999

NC

NC

DC24V_S

T_FEEDBACK

BIAS_S

PDC_S

CLIMIT

PROTECT

TIM

T_REV_ON*

T_FW_DRV

T_FW_S

C903

<A509>

<A502> AC_MONITOR

<A509>LAMP_ON

PWM_1KHz

PAC_OUT

5V_ON*

<A505>

<A502>

PWOFF

CPS_REQ

PR_DC_ON

DV_DC_ON

DV_AC_ON

STBY/CPY*

LAMP_DETECT <A509>

T_FW_ON <A507>

ACK*

CLK32K <A507>

NC

NC

+5V

MPWM

PDC_PWM

BIAS_PWM

+24VR

ACBIAS

<A503>

<A505>

<A506>

<A506>

SKGND

S_IN

S_OUT

S_CLK

RLOFF*

ACK*MMD

CPS_REQ

PR_DC_ON

+24VU+24VU

GND

MMD

MLOCK

DV_DC_ONDV_AC_ON

STBY/CPY*

PWOFF

J204

J203

J205

Q900

S_INS_OUT

S_CLK

ZER_CRS <A502>

HEAT_TRGMLOCK

<A502>

<A502>

JP999 : 220 / 240V model only

1

1

2 3

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43

42

1

2

4

3

2

1

3

4

5

67

1

23

4

5

67

8

41

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

30

29

28

27

26

IN OUT

GND

PAC_S

+5FBT

HV_LIMIT

MODE1

MODE2

J_CTL

NC

AC_MONI_VR

AC_MONI TOR

AGND

FL_S

+24V

CLIMIT

T_FW_S

T_FW_DRV

T_REV_ON*

TIM

PROTECT

PDC_S

BIAS_S

T_FEEDBACK

DC24V_S

P_C_S

FL_LIGHT_ON*

RESET*

PAC_OUT

5V_ON*

PW_OFF*

DATA1

DATA2

DATA3

DATA0

ACK*

CLK32K

PGND

XI

+5V

+24V

S_CLK

S_OUT

S_IN

SKGND

ACBIAS

BIAS_PWM

PDC_PWM

MPWM

MPWM_CLK

XO

T_FW_ON

CPS_REQ*

Page 381: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Composite Power Supply Circuit Diagram [A509] (8/8)

R028

R020 R021R013R012

R027 R006 R008 R018

D005 D006 C002

C004

+5V

Q002

D002

Q003

R016

Q011

Q001

C005

<A508>LAMP_DETECT

<A508>

<A508>

PWM_1KHz

LAMP_ON

D004

R01

1

R00

9

R06

3

C003

R029 ZD001

Q005 R030

D00

3

Q01

2

R01

9

D007

Q0001

D010

D009

D011

D008

AC_HA<502>

<502>AC_LA

C008

R00

4

C00

1R00

5

J910

HIC001

R026

R025

R001

L001

SQ

001

R022

R003

+

+

+VR001

R002

R007 R023

+

4321

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

3 214

12

43

34

21

2

36

R012, R013, R018, R021 : 220 / 240V model only

Page 382: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

A-27COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

G. CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

J301 13 KR0

J301 14 KR1

J301 1 DIG0

J301 2 DIG1

J301 3 DIG2

J301 4 DIG3

J301 19 DIG4

J301 5 SEG0

SW304

SW308

PRESET COPY RATIO

SW303

ZOOM

CASSETTE/MULTI

SW307

AE

SW302

CLR

SW306

COPY

SW301

SW305

+

C303

R301

J301 6 SEG1 R302

J301 7 SEG2 R303

J301 8 SEG3 R304

J301 9 SEG4 R305

J301 10 SEG5 R306

J301 11 SEG6 R307

J301 12 SEG7 R308

LED306

2 1

LED316

LED305

2 1

LED317

LED304

2 1

LED312

2 1

LED303

2 1

LED311

2 1

LED302

LED31520 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

D30

42

1

D30

32

1

D30

22

1

D30

12

1

LED310

c

MULTI

b

CASSETTE

a

ZOOM

2 1

2 1

LED308

2 1

LED307

AEJAM

2 1

LED

321

LIF

T

12

LED

320

ME

12

LED

319

TS

12

LED

318

PH

OT

O

12

LED301

e

MAIN_JAM

d

DFJAM

ADF type only

%

2 1

+5V

+5V

C301

C302 17

16

J301

18

DSVR

2

13

J301

15 1PWOFF

J301 2 J303

1J303

J302

2 J302

J301

VR301

SW309

POWER

b2f2

c2e2

b1

c1

d2

g2

a2

b3f3

c3e3

d3

g3

a3

7 SEG DISPLAY

ADF typeonly

Page 383: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual
Page 384: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-29

APPENDIX

H. AE SENSOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

+24VRR603

R605

R601

C601

Q601PD601

C603 R606

R602

J601-1

C602

+24VR

+

2

31

8

4

J601-2

R604Q601

+24VR

+

6

57

8

4 J601-3

J601-4

Page 385: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)A-30

APPENDIX

I. SENSOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

+5VJ751-2

RPDJ751-3

R751 GNDJ751-1

Q751

Page 386: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-31

APPENDIX

J. NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

AC_HFU501 L501

J501-1

FG

AC_NJ501-2

JP502

JP501

C503

C502C501R501

C504

Page 387: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)A-32

APPENDIX

K. HIGH VOLTAGE CONTACT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

JP70121

JP702

21

PRBP701

R704JP70321

JP704

21

SPBP702

JP70521

JP706

21

DVBP703

R701JP70721

JP708

21

TRBP704

R702JP70921

JP710

21

[PR_IN]BP705

JP71121

JP712

21

[GND_IN]BP706

R703JP71321

12

12

JP714

21

[DV_IN]BP707

Page 388: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-33

APPENDIX

L. BLANK EXPOSURE (front) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

LA601

J601

J601

2

1

Page 389: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)A-34

APPENDIX

M. BLANK EXPOSURE (rear) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

LA602

J602

J602

2

1

Page 390: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-35

APPENDIX

N. SPECIAL TOOLS

You will need the following special tool(s) in addition to the standard tools set when servicingthe machine.

For checking the cas-sette spring pressureRange of measure-ments: 0 to 1,500g

No

CK-0054

ShapeTool Tool No. Rank* Remarks

Spring gauge

Mirror position-ing tool (pair forfront and rear)

1 FY9-3009 B For adjusting the dis-tance between the No.1and No.2 mirrors.

Wire clip2 FY9-3017 B For fixing the scannerwire in place while ad-justing its tension.

3 B

*Rank:A: Each service person is expected to carry one.B: Each five or so service persons is expected to carry one.C: Each workshop is expected to carry one.

Page 391: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)A-36

APPENDIX

O. SOLVENTS/OILS

No.1

2

3

4

Remarks• Do not bring near

fire.• Procure locally.• Isopropyl alcohol

may be substituted.• Do not bring near

fire.• Procure locally.• CK-0451 (100cc)

• CK-0551 (20g)

CompositionHydrocarbon (fluorine family)AlcoholSurface active agent

Hydrocarbon(fluorine/chlorine family)AlcoholMineral oil(paraffin family)Silicone oil

UsesCleaning: e.g.,glass, plastic,rubber parts;external covers

Cleaning: e.g.,metal; oil ortoner dirtLubricatingspring clutchLubricatingdrive andfriction parts,scanner rail

NameAlcohol

Solvent

Lubricating oil

Lubricating oil

Page 392: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON PC800s/900s REV.0 AUG. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Prepared byOffice Imaging Products Technical Support Division

CANON INC.Printed in Japan

REVISION 0 (AUG. 1999) (30359/10317)

5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan

Page 393: Canon--PC800S 900S Service Manual

0899AB2.135-1PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

This pubication is printed on

70% reprocessed paper.